Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . 1-1
Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Vehicle Personalisation . . . . . . . 5-23
Keys, Doors, and
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Keys and Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Vehicle Security. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Exterior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Interior Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lighting Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . 4-1
Luggage/Load Locations . . . . . . . 4-4
Additional Storage Features . . . 4-6
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Information on Loading the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . 8-1
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . 9-1
Driving Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Starting and Operating . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . . 9-4
Manual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . 9-13
Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-14
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Electrical System . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Vehicle Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Appearance Care . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (2,1)
2015 Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual M
Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts . . . . . . . 11-7
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Identification . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Vehicle Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Customer Information . . . . . . . 13-1
Customer Information . . . . . . . . 13-1
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . i-1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Introduction
Your vehicle is a combination of
design, advanced technology,
safety, environmental friendliness
and economy.
This Owner's Manual provides you
with all the necessary information to
enable you to drive your vehicle
safely and efficiently.
The customer literature pack should
always be kept ready to hand in the
vehicle.
Make sure your passengers are
aware of the possible risk of
accident and injury which may result
from improper use of the vehicle.
You must always comply with the
specific laws and regulations of the
country that you are in. These laws
may differ from the information
in this
This manual describes all
options and features available
for this model. Certain
descriptions, including those for
display and menu functions, may
not apply to your vehicle due to
model variant, country
specifications, special equipment
or accessories.
.
The "In brief" section will give
you an initial overview.
.
The table of contents at the
beginning of this manual and
within each chapter shows
where the information is located.
When this Owner's Manual refers to
a repairer visit, we recommend your
Chevrolet Service Partner.
All Chevrolet Service Partners
provide first-class service at
reasonable prices. Experienced
mechanics trained by Chevrolet
work according to specific Chevrolet
instructions.
.
The Owner's Manual uses the
factory engine designations. The
corresponding sales
designations can be found in the
chapter "Technical data".
.
Directional data, e.g. left or right,
or front or back, always relate to
the direction of travel.
.
The vehicle display screens may
not support your specific
language.
Using this Manual
.
.
The index will enable you to
search for specific information.
iii
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions
{ Danger
Text marked { Danger provides
information on risk of fatal injury.
Disregarding this information may
endanger life.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
iv
Introduction
{ Warning
Text marked { Warning provides
information on risk of accident or
injury. Disregarding this
information may lead to injury.
{ Caution
Text marked Caution provides
information on possible damage
to the vehicle. Disregarding this
information may lead to vehicle
damage.
We wish you many hours of
pleasurable driving
Chevrolet
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
In Brief
In Brief
Initial Drive Information
Unlocking the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 1-3
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 1-5
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . 1-6
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Washer and Wiper
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Initial Drive
Information
Unlocking the Vehicle
Radio remote control
Press button
K.
Unlocks all doors. The hazard
warning lights will flash twice.
Radio remote control 0 Radio
Remote Control on page 2-2,
1-1
Central locking system 0 Central
Locking System on page 2-4.
Seat Adjustment
Seat positioning
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-2
Black plate (2,1)
In Brief
Seat backrests
Pull lever, adjust inclination and
release lever. Allow the seat to
engage audibly.
Seat position 0 Seat Position on
page 3-3, Seat adjustment 0 Seat
Adjustment on page 3-4.
Seat height
Pull handle, slide seat, release
handle.
Seat position 0 Seat Position on
page 3-3, Seat adjustment 0 Seat
Adjustment on page 3-4.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
In Brief
Head Restraint
Adjustment
Turn the handwheel on the outside
of the seat cushion until the seat
cushion is adjusted to the desired
position.
Seat position 0 Seat Position on
page 3-3, Seat adjustment 0 Seat
Adjustment on page 3-4.
Pull the head restraint upwards.
To move down press the catch and
push the head restraint downwards.
Head restraints
on page 3-1.
0
Head Restraints
Safety Belts
1-3
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-4
Black plate (4,1)
In Brief
Withdraw belt from reel, guide it
untwisted across the body and
engage the latch plate in the buckle.
Mirror Adjustment
Interior Mirror
Tension the lap belt regularly whilst
driving by tugging the shoulder belt.
Seat position 0 Seat Position on
page 3-3, Seat belts 0 Three-Point
Seat belt on page 3-8, Airbag
system 0 Front Airbag System on
page 3-12.
To reduce dazzle, pull the lever on
the underside of the mirror housing.
Interior mirror 0 Manual Rearview
Mirror on page 2-12.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
In Brief
Exterior Mirrors
1-5
Simply move the adjusting lever in
the desired direction to adjust the
mirror angles.
Convex exterior mirrors 0 Convex
Mirrors on page 2-10, Folding
exterior mirrors 0 Folding Mirrors
on page 2-11, Heated exterior
mirrors 0 Heated Mirrors on
page 2-12.
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Unlock lever, adjust steering wheel,
then engage lever and ensure it is
fully locked. Do not adjust steering
wheel unless vehicle is stationary.
Airbag system 0 Airbag System on
page 3-11, Ignition positions 0 New
Vehicle Break-In on page 9-2.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-6
In Brief
Instrument Panel Overview
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
In Brief
1. Electric mirror adjustment.
20. Clutch pedal.
2. Side air vents.
21. Steering wheel adjustment.
3. Exterior lighting.
22. Fuse cover.
4. Horn.
23. Bonnet release lever.
Driver airbag.
5. Instrument cluster.
6. Wiper and washer system.
7. Centre air vents.
8. Infotainment system.
9. Control indicators.
10. Hazard lights.
11. Front passenger airbag.
12. Glovebox.
13. Climate control system.
14. Gear lever.
15. AUX input, USB input.
16. Power socket.
17. Accelerator pedal.
18. Brake pedal.
19. Ignition switch.
24. Headlight range adjustment.
1-7
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-8
Type 1
In Brief
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
In Brief
1. Electric mirror adjustment.
20. Bonnet release lever.
2. Side air vents.
21. Headlight range adjustment.
3. Exterior lighting.
4. Horn.
Driver airbag.
5. Instrument cluster.
6. Wiper and washer system.
7. Centre air vents.
8. Infotainment system.
9. Control indicators.
10. Hazard lights.
11. Front passenger airbag.
12. Glovebox.
13. Climate control system.
14. Gear lever.
15. Accelerator pedal.
16. Brake pedal.
17. Ignition switch.
18. Clutch pedal.
19. Steering wheel adjustment.
1-9
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-10
Type 2
In Brief
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (11,1)
In Brief
1. Electric mirror adjustment.
20. Bonnet release lever.
2. Side air vents.
21. Headlight range adjustment.
3. Exterior lighting.
22. Fuse cover.
4. Horn.
23. AUX input, USB input.
Driver airbag.
5. Instrument cluster.
6. Wiper and washer system.
24. Power socket.
1-11
5 : The dipped beam headlights
and all of the above lights are
illuminated.
Headlight flash, main beam
and dipped beam
Exterior Lighting
7. Centre air vents.
8. Infotainment system.
9. Control indicators.
10. Hazard lights.
11. Front passenger airbag.
12. Glovebox.
13. Climate control system.
To switch from dipped to main
beam, push lever.
14. Gear lever.
15. Accelerator pedal.
16. Brake pedal.
Turn light switch.
17. Ignition switch.
OFF: All the lights are off.
18. Clutch pedal.
19. Steering wheel adjustment.
; : The tail lights, number plate
lights, and instrument panel lights
are illuminated.
To switch to dipped beam, push
lever again or pull.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-12
Black plate (12,1)
In Brief
Main beam 0 Headlamp Main/
Dipped Beam Changer on page 6-1,
Headlight flash 0 Flash-to-Pass on
page 6-2.
Turn and lane-change signals
Heated rear window, heated
exterior mirrors
Hazard lights
lever up = right
lever down = left
| button.
Hazard warning lights 0 Hazard
Operated with the
Warning Flashers on page 6-3.
Horn
Turn and lane-change signals 0
Indicator and Lane-Change Signals
on page 6-4.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (13,1)
In Brief
Press
1-13
Washer and Wiper
Systems
Windscreen wiper 0 Windscreen
Wiper/Washer on page 5-3.
Windscreen wiper
Windscreen washer system
a.
Pull lever.
OFF: System off.
INT: Intermittent operation.
LO: Continuous wipe, slow speed.
HI: Continuous wipe, fast speed.
For a single wipe when the
windscreen wiper is off, lightly move
the lever toward the INT position
and release it.
Windscreen washer 0 Windscreen
Wiper/Washer on page 5-3, Washer
fluid 0 Washer Fluid on
page 10-15.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-14
Black plate (14,1)
In Brief
Climate Controls
Demisting and defrosting the
windows
Heated rear window, heated
exterior mirrors
Type 2
Heating is operated by pressing the
= button.
Type 1
Heated mirrors 0 Heated Mirrors
on page 2-12, Heated rear window
0 Heated Rear Window on
page 2-16.
Type 1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (15,1)
In Brief
.
.
Switch off the engine and
ignition. Turn the steering wheel
until the steering wheel lock
engages.
.
If the vehicle is on a level
surface or uphill slope, engage
first gear or P position before
switching off the ignition. On an
uphill slope, turn the front
wheels away from the kerb.
Type 2
Turn knob to
5.
Defrosting windscreen 0 Heating
and Ventilation System on page 8-1,
Demisting windscreen 0 Air
Conditioning System on page 8-5.
If the vehicle is on a downhill
slope, engage reverse gear
before switching off the ignition.
Turn the front wheels towards
the kerb.
Parking
.
Do not park the vehicle on an
easily flammable surface. The
high temperature of the exhaust
system could ignite the surface.
Always apply parking brake
without pressing release button.
Apply as firmly as possible on
downhill or uphill slopes.
Depress the brake pedal at the
same time to reduce operating
force.
.
Close windows.
.
Lock the vehicle and activate the
anti-theft alarm system.
Keys
0
Keys on page 2-1
1-15
Transmission
Manual gearbox
Reverse: with the vehicle stationary,
depress the clutch pedal and
engage the gear.
If the gear does not engage, set the
lever in neutral, release the clutch
pedal and depress again; then
repeat gear selection.
Manual gearbox 0 Manual
Gearbox on page 9-9.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-16
Black plate (16,1)
In Brief
Automatic transmission
Check brake function at low
speed, particularly if the brakes
are wet.
overdrive which reduces engine
speed and noise level while
increasing fuel economy.
.
2: Allows the transmission to shift
from 1st to 2nd gear and prevents
automatic shifting into 3rd or
4th gear.
Starting the engine
1: This position locks the
transmission in first gear.
Automatic transmission 0
Automatic Transmission on
page 9-4.
P (PARK): Locks the front wheels.
Select P only when the vehicle is
stationary and the parking brake is
applied.
R (REVERSE): Select R only when
the vehicle is stationary.
Getting Started
Check before starting off
.
Tyre pressure and condition.
.
Engine oil level and fluid levels.
.
All windows, mirrors, exterior
lighting and number plates are
free from dirt, snow and ice and
are operational.
N (NEUTRAL): Neutral gear
position.
D: This drive position is for all
normal driving conditions. It allows
the transmission to shift into all four
forward gears. Fourth gear is
.
Proper position of seats, seat
belts and mirrors.
.
Turn the key to position 1, move
the steering wheel slightly to
release the steering wheel lock
.
Manual gearbox: operate clutch
.
Automatic transmission : Move
gear lever to P or N
.
Do not accelerate
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (17,1)
In Brief
.
Turn the key to position 3,
depressing the clutch pedal and
footbrake then release when
engine is running
Before restarting or to switch off the
engine, turn key back to 0.
1-17
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
1-18
In Brief
2 NOTES
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Radio Remote Control . . . . . . . . 2-2
Central Locking System . . . . . . . 2-4
Doors
Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Vehicle Security
Anti-theft Alarm System . . . . . . . 2-7
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Interior Mirrors
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . 2-12
Windows
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heated Rear Window . . . . . . . .
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-13
2-14
2-16
2-17
2-1
Keys and Locks
Keys
Replacement keys
The key number is specified on a
detachable tag.
The key number must be quoted
when ordering replacement keys as
it is a component of the immobiliser
system.
Locks 0 Exterior Care on
page 10-53.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-2
Black plate (2,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Radio Remote Control
Handle with care, protect from
moisture and high temperatures and
avoid unnecessary operation.
Fault
If the central locking system cannot
be operated with the radio remote
control, it may be due to the
following:
Key with foldaway key section
.
Range exceeded,
.
Battery voltage too low,
.
Frequent, repeated operation of
the remote control while not in
range, which will require
resynchronisation,
.
Overload of the central locking
system by operating at frequent
intervals, the power supply is
interrupted for a short time,
.
Interference from higher-power
radio waves from other sources.
Press button to extend.
To fold the key, press the button and
fold the key manually.
Used to operate:
.
Central locking system
.
Anti-theft alarm system
.
Vehicle alarm system
The radio remote control has an
approximate range of up to
20 metres(66 ft). This range can be
affected by external influences.
The hazard lights confirm operation.
Radio remote control battery
replacement
Replace the battery as soon as the
range is noticeably diminished.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Key with foldaway key section
2-3
Fixed key
{ Caution
Avoid touching the flat surfaces of
the battery with your bare fingers.
Handling will shorten battery life.
Note: Used lithium batteries can
harm the environment.
Batteries do not belong in
household waste. They must be
disposed of at an appropriate
recycling collection point.
Follow local recycling laws for
disposal.
Note: Use CR2032 (or equivalent)
replacement battery.
1. Open the transmitter cover.
2. Remove the used battery. Avoid
touching the circuit board to
other components.
3. Install the new battery. Be sure
the negative side (-) faces down
toward the base.
4. Close the transmitter cover.
5. Check the operation of the
transmitter with your vehicle.
Do not discard with household
waste.
Note: In order to keep the
transmitter working properly, follow
these guidelines:
Avoid dropping the transmitter.
Do not place heavy objects on the
transmitter.
Keep the transmitter away from
water and direct sunlight. If the
transmitter gets wet, wipe it with a
soft cloth.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-4
Black plate (4,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Central Locking System
You can activate the central door
locking system from the driver's
door. This system allows you to lock
and unlock all the doors from the
driver's door, using either the key or
keyless remote (from outside) or the
door lock button (from inside).
If the driver's door is not closed
properly, the central locking system
will not work.
Locks or unlocks all doors and the
tailgate.
Locking
Q to lock.
Press button K to unlock.
Press button
If the driver's door is opened,
driver's door cannot be locked.
Unlocking
Central locking button
Press button
Q.
Locks all doors. Hazard warning
lights will flash once.
Press button
K.
Unlocks all doors. The hazard
warning lights will flash twice.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Vehicle alarm
2-5
Fault in radio remote control
system
Unlocking
.
Vehicle Locator:
Press and release button 7
once to locate the vehicle. The
indicator lamps flash until any
button of the key is pressed.
.
Manually unlock the driver's door by
turning the key in the lock.
Locking
Close the driver's door and lock it
from the outside with the key.
Fault in central locking system
Panic Alarm:
Unlocking
Press and release button 7
once to operate Panic alarm.
The horn sounds and the
indicator lamps flash until any
button of the key is pressed.
Manually unlock the driver's door by
turning the key in the lock. The
other doors can be opened by using
the interior handle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-6
Black plate (6,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Locking
Push inside locking knob of all
doors except driver's door. Then
close the driver's door and lock it
from the outside with the key.
{ Warning
Use the child locks whenever
children are occupying the rear
seats.
Doors
Load Compartment
Tailgate, opening
Child locks
To close the child security door lock,
move the lever up to the lock
position.
To open a rear door when the child
security door lock is activated,
unlock the door from the inside and
open the door from the outside.
To cancel the child security door
lock, move the lever down to the
unlock position.
{ Caution
Do not pull the inside door handle
while the child security door lock
is set to LOCK position. To do so
can damage the inside door
handle.
To open the tailgate, insert the key
into the key slot and turn it
anticlockwise and then pull the long
handle.
The tailgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or
unlocked with the key or keyless.
When the tailgate is unlocked, pull
the long handle to open it.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
{ Warning
Tailgate, closing
Vehicle Security
Anti-theft Alarm System
Do not drive with the tailgate
open or ajar, e.g. when
transporting bulky objects, as
toxic exhaust gases, could enter
the vehicle.
Anti-theft alarm system monitors:
.
Doors, tailgate, bonnet
.
Ignition
{ Caution
Before opening the boot lid check
overhead obstructions, such as a
garage door, to avoid damage of
the boot lid. Always check the
moving area above and behind
the boot lid.
Note: The installation of certain
heavy accessories onto the tailgate
may affect its ability to remain open.
2-7
To close tailgate, push it down so it
latches securely. And insert the key
into the key slot and turn it
clockwise.
To close tailgate, push it down so it
latches securely. It locks
automatically when all doors are
locked.
Make sure your hands and any
other body parts, as well as those of
other persons are completely away
from the tailgate closure area.
Activation
Directly by pressing
Q button.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-8
Black plate (8,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Status indicator
The security indicator will flash to
indicate the anti-theft system is
working.
It goes out when doors are unlocked
using the keyless entry transmitter.
The system provides an alarm when
any of the doors, tailgate or bonnet
are opened without pressing the
unlock button on the transmitter.
It comes on when you lock the
doors using the keyless entry
transmitter.
To stop the alarm sound, press
either the lock or unlock button on
the transmitter.
Deactivation
Otherwise, after 28 seconds, the
alarm will automatically stop, being
reset to the activated
anti-theft mode.
If the system does not operate as
described above, have it checked
by your authorised workshop.
Unlocking the vehicle by pressing
button " deactivates anti-theft alarm
system.
Alarm sound
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
2-9
Immobiliser
Immobiliser
Immobiliser indicator
Immobiliser The immobiliser system
provides an additional theft
deterrent to the vehicle in which it is
installed and prevents it from being
started by unauthorised persons.
The valid key for a vehicle equipped
with immobiliser system is an
ignition key with integrated
transponder, which is electronically
coded. The transponder is placed
invisibly in the ignition key.
If an invalid key is used, the
indicator will flash and the vehicle
can't be started.
Auto door lock
If the door is not opened or the
position of the ignition key is not
located in ACC or ON within
30 seconds after unlocking the
doors using the transmitter, all doors
are automatically locked.
Only valid ignition keys can be used
to start the engine.
The engine is automatically
immobilised after the key is turned
to LOCK and has been removed
from the ignition switch.
The immobiliser indicator can be
operated in the following conditions:
.
If the immobiliser system has a
fault (including the Auto Key
Learning Mode) when the
ignition switch is in ON or
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-10
Keys, Doors, and Windows
START position, the immobiliser
indicator flashes or illuminates
continuously.
.
Black plate (10,1)
In some European countries, an
auxiliary immobiliser is optional
to improve the vehicle security
level. If the module is replaced
with a new one, the vehicle
cannot be started. If the vehicle
cannot be started or the
immobiliser indicator flashes or
illuminates, have the system
checked by an authorised
workshop.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
The convex exterior mirror reduces
blind spots. The shape of the mirror
makes objects appear smaller,
which will affect the ability to
estimate distances.
Manual Mirrors
Adjust the outside rearview mirrors
so you can see each side of your
vehicle, as well as each side of the
road behind you.
Simply move the adjusting lever in
the desired direction to adjust the
mirror angles.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (11,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Mirrors
2-11
Select the relevant exterior mirror by
turning the control to left (L) or
right (R). Then swivel the control to
adjust the mirror.
Folding Mirrors
Folding mirrors
For pedestrian safety, the exterior
mirrors will swing out of their normal
mounting position if they are struck
with sufficient force. Reposition the
mirror by applying slight pressure to
the mirror housing.
{ Warning
Always keep your mirrors properly
adjusted, and use them while
driving to increase your visibility
of objects and other vehicles
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-12
Black plate (12,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Interior Mirrors
Warning (Continued)
Manual Rearview Mirror
around you. Do not drive while
either outside rearview mirror is
folded back.
Heated Mirrors
Type 2
Operated by pressing the
button.
1
Heating works with the engine
running and is switched off
automatically after a few minutes or
by pressing the button again.
Type 1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (13,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
Failure to ensure a clear rear
view while driving may result in a
collision causing damage to your
vehicle or other property and/or
personal injury.
To reduce dazzle, adjust the lever
on the underside of the mirror
housing.
{ Warning
Your view through the mirror may
lose some clarity when it is
adjusted for night vision.
Take special care with using your
inside rearview mirror when it is
adjusted for night vision.
(Continued)
Windows
Manual Windows
2-13
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-14
Black plate (14,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
attachment could render the
tether strap and top tether
anchorage ineffective.
Keep a close watch on the
windows when closing them.
Ensure that nothing becomes
trapped in them as they move.
The door windows can be opened
or closed with the window winders.
Power Windows
{ Warning
Take care when operating the
power windows. Risk of injury,
particularly to children.
If there are children on the rear
seats, switch on the child safety
system for the power windows.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (15,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
To close the window, lift up on the
switch.
Child safety system for rear
windows
Release the switch when the
window reaches the desired
position.
{ Warning
Power windows can be operated
with ignition on.
Operate the switch for the
respective window by pushing to
open or pulling to close.
Operation
You may operate the power
windows when the ignition switch is
ON by using the power window
switches on each door panel.
To open the window, press down on
the switch.
Body parts outside the vehicle
can be struck by passing objects.
Keep all parts of body inside
vehicle.
Children can operate and become
entrapped in power windows.
Do not leave your keys or
unattended children in your car.
Serious injury or death can occur
from misuse of power windows.
2-15
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-16
Black plate (16,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Press switch v to deactivate rear
power windows.
To activate press
Heated Rear Window
v again.
Type 1
Type 2
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (17,1)
Keys, Doors, and Windows
Operated by pressing the
+ button.
Heating works with the engine
running and is switched off
automatically after a few minutes or
by pressing the button again.
{ Caution
Do not use sharp instruments or
abrasive window cleaners on your
vehicle's rear window.
Do not scratch or damage the
defroster wires when you clean or
work around the rear window.
Sun Visors
The sun visors can be folded down
or swivelled to the side to prevent
dazzling.
If the sun visors have integral
mirrors, the mirror covers should be
closed when driving.
{ Warning
Do not place the sun visor in such
a manner that it obscures visibility
of the roadway, traffic or other
objects.
2-17
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
2-18
Keys, Doors, and Windows
2 NOTES
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Seats and Restraints
Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Front Seats
Seat Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Safety Belts
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Three-Point Safety Belt . . . . . . . 3-8
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . 3-15
Airbag On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . 3-16
Child Restraints
Child Restraint Systems . . . . .
Child Restraint Installation
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ISOFIX Child Restraint
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Top Tether Child Restraint
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-17
3-19
3-1
Head Restraints
Position
3-21
{ Warning
3-24
Only drive with the head restraint
set to the proper position.
Removed or improperly adjusted
head restraints can result in
serious head and neck injuries in
case of a collision.
Make sure that the head restraint
readjusted before driving.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-2
Black plate (2,1)
Seats and Restraints
extremely tall people, set to highest
position, and set to lowest position
for small people.
Head restraints on rear seats
Head restraints on front seats
Height adjustment
Height adjustment
Pull the head restraint upwards. To
move down press the catch and
push the head restraint downwards.
Press the catches and pull up the
head restraint.
The upper edge of the head
restraint should be at upper head
level. If this is not possible for
Pull the head restraint upwards. To
move down press the catch and
push the head restraint downwards.
Press the catches and pull up the
head restraint.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Seats and Restraints
Front Seats
.
Sit with buttocks as far back
against the backrest as possible.
Adjust the distance between the
seat and the pedals so that legs
are slightly angled when
pressing the pedals. Slide the
front passenger seat as far back
as possible.
.
Sit with shoulders as far back
against the backrest as possible.
Set the backrest rake so that it is
possible to easily reach the
steering wheel with arms slightly
bent. Maintain contact between
shoulders and the backrest
when turning the steering wheel.
Do not angle the backrest too far
back. We recommend a
maximum rake of approx. 25°.
.
Adjust the steering wheel 0
Steering Wheel Adjustment on
page 5-2.
.
Set the seat high enough to
have a clear field of vision on all
sides and on all display
instruments. There should be at
least one hand of clearance
Seat Position
{ Warning
Only drive with the seat correctly
adjusted.
3-3
Removing
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-4
Black plate (4,1)
Seats and Restraints
between your head and the
headlining. Your thighs should
rest lightly on the seat without
pressing into it.
.
Adjust the head restraint 0
Head Restraints on page 3-1.
.
Adjust the height of the seat belt
0 Three-Point Seat belt on
page 3-8.
Seat Adjustment
{ Danger
Do not sit nearer than
25 cm(10 inches) to the steering
wheel, to permit safe airbag
deployment.
{ Warning
Never adjust seats while driving
as they could move
uncontrollably.
Seat positioning
Pull handle, slide seat, release
handle.
{ Warning
When positioning seat, ensure the
grip zone in the centre of the
release bar is used.
Seat backrests
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Seats and Restraints
Seat height
Pull lever, adjust inclination and
release lever. Allow the seat to
engage audibly.
Do not lean on seat when adjusting.
3-5
Turn the handwheel on the outside
of the seat cushion until the seat
cushion is adjusted to the desired
position.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-6
Black plate (6,1)
Seats and Restraints
Heated Front Seats
The seat heater buttons are located
in the front console.
Safety Belts
To warm the seat:
Seat belts
1. Turn the ignition key on.
2. Press the seat heating button for
the seat that you want to warm.
The indicator in the button will
illuminate.
3. To turn off the seat heater, press
the button again.
Type 1
Prolonged use of the highest setting
for people with sensitive skin is not
recommended.
Seat heating is operational when
engine is running.
Type 2
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Seats and Restraints
Seat belts are designed to be used
by only one person at a time. They
are not suitable for people smaller
than 150 cm (5 ft). Child restraint
system 0 Child Restraint Systems
on page 3-17.
Periodically check all parts of the
belt system for damage and proper
functionality.
The belts are locked during heavy
acceleration or deceleration of the
vehicle for the safety of the
occupants.
{ Warning
Fasten safety belt before
each trip.
In the event of an accident,
people not wearing safety belts
endanger their fellow occupants
and themselves.
Have damaged components
replaced. After an accident, have
the belts and triggered belt
pretensioners replaced by a
workshop.
Note: Make sure that the belts are
not damaged by shoes or
sharp-edged objects or trapped.
Prevent dirt from getting into the belt
retractors.
Seat belt reminder > 0 Safety
Belt Reminders on page 5-15.
Belt force limiters
On the front seats, stress on the
body is reduced by the gradual
release of the belt during a collision.
Belt pretensioners
3-7
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-8
Black plate (8,1)
Seats and Restraints
In the event of a head-on or side or
rear-end collision of a certain
severity, the front seat belts are
tightened.
Three-Point Safety Belt
Fastening
{ Warning
Incorrect handling (e.g. removal
or fitting of belts) can trigger the
belt tensioners with risk of injury.
Deployment of the belt
pretensioners is indicated by
illumination of control indicator
Safety Belt Reminders on
page 5-15.
9 0
Triggered belt pretensioners must
be replaced by a workshop. Belt
pretensioners can only be
triggered once.
Note: Do not affix or install
accessories or other objects that
may interfere with the operation of
the belt pretensioners. Do not make
any modifications to belt
pretensioner components as this will
invalidate the vehicle type approval.
Withdraw the belt from the retractor,
guide it untwisted across the body
and insert the latch plate into the
buckle.
Tighten the lap belt regularly whilst
driving by pulling the shoulder belt.
Seat belt reminder 0 Safety Belt
Reminders on page 5-15.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-9
Loose or bulky clothing prevents the
belt from fitting snugly. Do not place
objects such as handbags or mobile
phones between the belt and
your body.
{ Warning
The belt must not rest against
hard or fragile objects in the
pockets of your clothing.
Height adjustment
1. Press button.
2. Adjust height and engage.
Adjust the height so that the belt lies
across the shoulder. It must not lie
across the throat or upper arm.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-10
Black plate (10,1)
Seats and Restraints
Removing
To release belt, press red button on
belt buckle.
Seat belts on the rear seats
The seat belt for the rear centre
seat can only be withdrawn from the
retractor if the backrest is in the rear
position.
Seat belt use during
pregnancy
{ Warning
The lap belt must be positioned
as low as possible across the
pelvis to prevent pressure on the
abdomen.
Seat belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women.
Like all occupants, pregnant women
are more likely to be seriously
injured if they do not wear seat
belts.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (11,1)
Seats and Restraints
In addition, when a seat belt is worn
properly, it is more likely that the
unborn child will be safe in a crash.
Airbag System
To provide maximum protection, a
pregnant woman should wear a
seat belt.
The airbag system consists of a
number of individual systems.
She should wear the lap portion of
the belt as low as possible
throughout her pregnancy.
Airbag system
When triggered the airbags inflate
within milliseconds. They also
deflate so quickly that it is often
unnoticeable during the collision.
{ Warning
If handled improperly the airbag
systems can be triggered in an
explosive manner.
The driver should sit back as far
as possible while still maintaining
control of the vehicle. If you are
sitting too close to the airbag, it
can cause death or serious injury
when it inflates.
For maximum safety protection in
all types of crashes, all occupants
including the driver should always
(Continued)
3-11
Warning (Continued)
wear their seat belts to minimise
the risk of severe injury or death
in the event of a crash. Do not sit
or lean unnecessarily close to the
airbag while the vehicle is in
motion.
The airbag may cause facial or
body scratch, injury by broken
glasses or getting burnt by
explosion while airbag is
deployed.
Note: The airbag systems and belt
tensioner control electronics are
located in the central console area.
Do not put any magnetic objects in
this area.
Do not stick anything on the airbag
covers and do not cover them with
other materials.
Each airbag is triggered only once.
Have deployed airbags replaced by
a repairer.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-12
Black plate (12,1)
Seats and Restraints
Do not make any modifications to
the airbag system as this will
invalidate the vehicle type approval.
In the event of airbag deployment
have the steering wheel, the
instrument panel, all panelling parts,
the door seals, the handles and the
seats removed by a repairer.
When an air bag deploys, there may
be a loud noise and smoke. These
conditions are normal and are not
dangerous but in case it may
stimulate skin of the passenger.
If the stimulation is continued,
contact a doctor.
{ Danger
Never allow children or infants
and pregnant women and the old
and the weak sit in the front
passenger seats fitted with
airbags.
(Continued)
Danger (Continued)
Furthermore, do not drive with a
baby seat fitted thereon. In case
of an accident, the impact from
the inflated airbag can cause
facial injury or death.
Front Airbag System
The front airbag system consists of
one airbag in the steering wheel and
one in the instrument panel on the
front passenger side. These can be
identified by the word AIRBAG.
{ Caution
If the vehicle is impacted by
bumps or objects on unpaved
roads or pavements, the airbags
may inflate. Drive slowly on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended
airbag deployment.
When the airbags inflate, escaping
hot gases may cause burns.
Control indicator 9 for airbag
systems 0 Airbag and Seat belt
Tensioner Light on page 5-16.
The front airbag system is triggered
in the event of an accident of a
certain severity in the depicted area.
The ignition must be on.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (13,1)
Seats and Restraints
The forward movement of the front
seat occupants is retarded, thereby
considerably reducing the risk of
injury to the upper body and head.
{ Warning
Optimum protection is only
provided when the seat is in the
proper position
0
Seat Position on page 3-3.
Keep the area in which the airbag
inflates clear of obstructions.
Fit the seat belt correctly and
engage securely. Only then the
airbag is able to protect.
Side Airbag System
3-13
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-14
Black plate (14,1)
Seats and Restraints
The side airbag system consists of
an airbag in each front seat
backrest.
{ Warning
Keep the area in which the airbag
inflates clear of obstructions.
This can be identified by the word
AIRBAG.
Note: Only use protective seat
covers that have been approved for
the vehicle. Be careful not to cover
the airbags.
{ Warning
Children who are seated in close
proximity to a side airbag may be
at risk of serious or fatal injury if
the airbag deploys, especially if
the child's head, neck, or chest is
close to the airbag at the time of
deployment.
The side airbag system is triggered
in the event of an accident of a
certain severity. The ignition must
be on.
Never let your child lean on the
door or close to the side airbag
module.
The risk of injury to the upper body
and pelvis in the event of a side-on
collision is considerably reduced.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (15,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-15
Curtain Airbag System
The curtain airbag system consists
of an airbag in the roof frame on
each side. This can be identified by
the word AIRBAG on the roof pillars.
The curtain airbag system is
triggered in the event of an accident
of a certain severity. The ignition
must be on.
The risk of injury to the head in the
event of a side impact is
considerably reduced.
{ Warning
Keep the area in which the airbag
inflates clear of obstructions.
The hooks on the handles in the
roof frame are only suitable for
hanging up light articles of
clothing, without coat hangers. Do
not keep any items in these
clothes.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-16
Black plate (16,1)
Seats and Restraints
Airbag On-Off Switch
The front passenger airbag system
has to be deactivated if a child
restraint system is to be fitted on
this seat. The side airbag and
curtain airbag systems, the belt
tensioners and all driver airbag
systems will remain active.
{ Warning
Deactivate front passenger airbag
system when the front passenger
seat is occupied by a child.
Activate front passenger airbag
system when an adult is on the
front passenger seat.
Use the ignition key to choose the
position:
U off = front passenger airbags
are deactivated and will not inflate in
the event of a collision. Control
indicator U off illuminates
continuously. A child restraint
system can be installed in
accordance with the chart.
V on = front passenger airbags
Front passenger airbag system can
be deactivated via a lock on the
side of the instrument panel, visible
when the front passenger door
is open.
are activated. No child restraint
systems can be installed.
As long as the control indicator U
off is not illuminated, the airbag
systems for the front passenger
seat will inflate in the event of a
collision.
Change status only when the
vehicle is stopped with the
ignition off.
Status remains until the next
change.
Control indicator for airbag 0
Airbag On-Off Light on page 5-16.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (17,1)
Seats and Restraints
Child Restraints
{ Warning
Child Restraint Systems
When using a child restraint
system on the front passenger's
seat, the airbag systems for the
front passenger's seat must be
deactivated; if not, the triggering
of the airbags poses a risk of fatal
injury to the child.
We recommend the GM child
restraint system which is geared
specifically to the vehicle.
When a child restraint system is
being used, pay attention to the
following usage and installation
instructions and also those supplied
with the child restraint system.
Always comply with local or national
regulations. In some countries, the
use of child restraint systems is
forbidden on certain seats.
3-17
{ Warning
NEVER use a rearward facing
child restraint on a seat protected
by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of
it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY
to the CHILD can occur.
This is especially the case if rear
facing child restraint systems are
used on the front
passenger's seat.
Airbag deactivation 0 Airbag
On-Off Switch on page 3-16.
Selecting the right system
Children should travel facing
rearwards in the vehicle as long as
possible. This makes sure that the
child's backbone, which is still very
weak, is under less strain in the
event of an accident.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-18
Seats and Restraints
Children under the age of 12 years
that are smaller than 150 cm(5 ft)
are only allowed to travel in a
restraint system that is suitable for
the child. Suitable are restraint
systems that comply with ECE
44-03 or ECE 44-04. Since a proper
position of the belt is rarely possible
with a child that is smaller than
150 cm(5 ft), we strongly advise to
use an appropriate child restraint
system, even though this might due
to the age of the child no longer be
legally binding.
Ensure that the mounting location of
the child restraint system within the
vehicle is correct.
Check local laws and regulations for
mandatory use of child restraint
systems.
A child restraint system which has
been subjected to stress in an
accident must be replaced.
Never carry a child whilst travelling
in the vehicle. The child will become
too heavy to hold in the event of a
collision.
Please ensure that infants and
children are seated in the rear seats
using child restraints.
When transporting children, use the
child restraint systems suitable for
the child's weight.
Ensure that the child restraint
system to be installed is compatible
with the vehicle type.
Allow children to enter and exit the
vehicle only on the side facing away
from the traffic.
When the child restraint system is
not in use, secure the seat with a
seat belt or remove it from the
vehicle.
Note: Do not stick anything on the
child restraint systems and do not
cover them with any other materials.
Until the children can use seat belts,
please select a child restraint
suitable for its age and make sure
the child wears it. Please see the
instructions on the relevant products
for child restraints.
Black plate (18,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (19,1)
Seats and Restraints
3-19
Child Restraint Installation Locations
Permissible options for fitting a child restraint system
On front passenger seat
activated airbag
deactivated
airbag
On rear
outboard seats
On rear
centre seat
Group 0: up to 10 kg
or approx. 10 months
X
U1
U2
U
Group 0+: up to 13 kg
or approx. 2 years
X
U1
U2
U
Group I: 9 to 18 kg
or approx. 8 months to 4 years
X
U1
U2
U
Group II: 15 to 25 kg
or approx. 3 to 7 years
X
X
U
U
Group III: 22 to 36 kg
or approx. 6 to 12 years
X
X
U
U
Weight and age class
1: Only if front passenger seat
airbag systems are deactivated.
If the child restraint system is being
secured using a three-point seat
belt, ensure that the vehicle seat
belt runs forwards from the upper
anchorage point.
2: Seat available with ISOFIX and
Top-Tether mounting brackets.
U: Universal suitability in
conjunction with three-point
seat belt.
X: No child restraint system
permitted in this weight class.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-20
Black plate (20,1)
Seats and Restraints
Permissible options for fitting an ISOFIX child restraint system
Weight Class
Group 0: up to 10 kg
Group 0+: up to 13 kg
Group I: 9 to 18 kg
Size Class
Fixture
On front
passenger
seat
On rear
outboard
seats
On rear
centre seat
E
ISO/R1
X
IL (1)
X
E
ISO/R1
X
IL (1)
X
D
ISO/R2
X
IL (1)
X
C
ISO/R3
X
IL (1)
X
D
ISO/R2
X
IL (1)
X
C
ISO/R3
X
IL (1)
X
B
ISO/F2
X
IL, IUF
X
B1
ISO/F2X
X
IL, IUF
X
A
ISO/F3
X
IL, IUF
X
(1) Move front passenger seat to most forward position or move forward until child restraint system does not have
any interference with front seat backrest.
IL: Suitable for particular ISOFIX
restraint systems of the
'specific-vehicle', 'restricted' or
'semi-universal' categories.
The ISOFIX restraint system must
be approved for the specific
vehicle type.
IUF: Suitable for ISOFIX
forward-facing child restraint
systems of universal category
approved for use in this mass
group.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (21,1)
Seats and Restraints
X: No ISOFIX child restraint system
approved in this weight class.
3-21
ISOFIX Child Restraint
Systems
ISOFIX size class and seat
device
A - ISO/F3: Forward-facing child
restraint system for children of
maximum size in the weight class 9
to 18 kg.
B - ISO/F2: Forward-facing child
restraint system for smaller children
in the weight class 9 to 18 kg.
B1 - ISO/F2X: Forward-facing child
restraint system for smaller children
in the weight class 9 to 18 kg.
C - ISO/R3: Rear-facing child
restraint system for children of
maximum size in the weight class
up to 13 kg.
D - ISO/R2: Rear-facing child
restraint system for smaller children
in the weight class up to 13 kg.
E - ISO/R1: Rear-facing child
restraint system for young children
in the weight class up to 13 kg.
In the past, child restraints have
been attached to a vehicle's seat by
seat belts. As a result, child
restraints were often installed
incorrectly or too loosely to
adequately protect your child.
We now equip your vehicle with
ISOFIX low anchorages at the two
rear outboard seating positions and
with Top-tether anchorages in the
rear seat backward
(Notchback-back of headrests /
Hatchback-back of rear seat
backrest panels) allowing child
restraints to be attached to the rear
seats.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-22
Black plate (22,1)
Seats and Restraints
To install a child restraint which
comes equipped with ISOFIX low
and Top-tether anchorage
attachments, follow the instructions
supplied with your child restraint.
2. Locate the two lower anchor
positions. The location of each
lower anchor is identified with a
circular marking on the lower
edge of the rear seat backrest.
Please take the time to carefully
read and follow all of the
instructions on the following pages
and the instructions supplied with
your child restraint.
3. Make sure there are no foreign
objects around lower anchors,
including seat belt buckles or
seat belts. Foreign objects can
interfere with the proper latching
of the child restraint to the
anchors.
Your child's safety depends on it!
If you have questions, or any doubts
whether you have installed your
child restraint properly, contact the
child restraint manufacturer. If you
are still having trouble installing the
child restraint in your vehicle, we
recommend that you consult your
authorised workshop.
Installation of ISOFIX child restraint
systems:
1. Select one of the rear outboard
seating positions for installation
of the child restraint.
4. Place the child restraint on the
seat over the two lower anchors
and attach it to the anchors
following the instructions
supplied with the child restraint.
5. Adjust and tighten the child
restraint according to the
instructions supplied with the
child restraint.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (23,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ Caution
Unused child restraint system
could move forward.
Remove child restraint system if
not in use, or secure it with
seat belt.
Note: Since a seat belt or child
restraint system can become very
hot if it is left in a closed vehicle, be
sure and check the seat cover and
buckles before placing a child there.
Warning (Continued)
Do not use ISOFIX low and top
tether anchorages to hold adult
seat belts, harnesses, or other
items of equipment in your
vehicle.
Using ISOFIX low and top tether
anchorages to hold adult seat
belts, harnesses, or other items or
equipment in your vehicle will not
provide adequate protection in the
case of a collision and could
result in injuries or even death.
{ Warning
Use all ISOFIX low and top tether
anchorages for their designed
purpose only.
ISOFIX low and top tether
anchorages are designed only to
hold child restraints which come
equipped with low and top
anchorage attachments.
(Continued)
{ Warning
Child restraint system placed in
the front seat could cause serious
injury or death.
(Continued)
3-23
Warning (Continued)
Never install a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat of a
vehicle equipped with a front
passenger air bag.
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint installed in the front seat
can be seriously injured if the
front passenger air bag inflates.
Secure a rear-facing child
restraint in the rear seat.
A front-facing child restraint
should be secured in the rear
seat whenever possible.
If installed in the front passenger
seat, adjust the seat as far back
as it will go.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-24
Black plate (24,1)
Seats and Restraints
{ Caution
Top Tether Child
Restraint Systems
Full size rear facing child seats
may not be suitable for
installation. Contact your retailer
for information regarding suitable
child restraint systems.
Installation of child restraints with
ISOFIX low and top tether
anchorage attachments.
To access the Top-tether anchor
points, do the following:
1. Remove the foreign objects
around the top tether anchor.
Notchback: Open the cover and
pull the anchor upward.
Hatchback: Remove the load
compartment cover.
2. Attach the clip on the child
restraint's tether strap to the
Top-tether anchor, making sure
to remove any twists in the
tether strap.If the position you
are using has an adjustable
head restraint and you are using
a single tether, raise the head
restraint and route the tether
under the head restraint and in
between the head restraint
posts.
If the position you are using has
an adjustable head restraint and
you are using a dual tether,
route the tether around the head
restraint.
If the position you are using has
an adjustable head restraint and
you are using a single tether,
raise the head restraint and
route the tether under the head
restraint and in between the
head restraint posts.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (25,1)
Seats and Restraints
3. Tighten the child restraint's
tether strap according to the
instructions supplied with the
child restraint.
4. Push and pull on the child
restraint after installation to be
sure the child restraint is secure.
{ Warning
Make sure the clip on the child
restraint's tether strap is properly
attached to the Top-tether
anchorage.
Incorrect attachment could render
the tether strap and top tether
anchorage ineffective.
3-25
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
3-26
Seats and Restraints
2 NOTES
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Storage
Storage
Storage
Compartments
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . .
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . .
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-3
Luggage/Load Locations
Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Additional Storage Features
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Roof Rack System
{ Warning
Instrument Panel Storage
Storage below the instrument
panel
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in the storage
compartments. Otherwise, the
storage compartment lid could
open and vehicle occupants could
be injured by objects being
thrown around in the event of
hard braking, a sudden change in
direction or an accident.
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Information on Loading the
Vehicle
Information on Loading the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4-1
Type 1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
4-2
Black plate (2,1)
Storage
Coin box
Glove Box
Store your coins in a place.
To open pull the grip.
Type 2
The storage is used for small
articles, etc.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Storage
{ Warning
4-3
Cupholders
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or a sudden stop, always
keep the glovebox door closed
while driving.
Type 1
Type 2
The cup holders are located in the
front console and rear part of the
centre console.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
4-4
Black plate (4,1)
Storage
{ Warning
Do not place uncovered cups of
hot liquid in the cup holder while
the vehicle is in motion. If the hot
liquid spills, you burn yourself.
Such a burn to the driver could
lead to loss of control of the
vehicle.
To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden stop
or collision, do not place
uncovered or unsecured bottles,
glasses, cans, etc., in the cup
holder while the vehicle is in
motion.
Luggage/Load
Locations
Load Compartment
Folding down rear backrests
{ Warning
Do not stack luggage or other
cargo higher than the front seats.
Do not allow passengers to sit on
the folded seat backrests while
the vehicle is in motion.
Unrestrained load or passengers
on a folded seat backrest can be
thrown around within or ejected
from the vehicle in a sudden stop
or accident. This can result in
serious injuries or death.
To fold down the rear backrest
separately:
1. Pull up the front of the rear seat
cushion to release it. If your
vehicle is equipped with rear
seat head restraints, they must
be removed.
2. Guide the released rear seat
cushion to an upright position.
Note: To ensure enough room for
rear seat cushion operation, slide
the front seat forward and adjust the
front seat backrest upright.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Storage
4. Adjust the front seats to the
desired position.
Caution (Continued)
To return the backrest to the upright
position, lift it up and push it firmly
into place.
rear seat belt and buckles do not
get pinched under the rear seat
cushion.
Make sure the seat belts are not
pinched by the latch.
Make sure the seat belts are not
twisted or caught in the seat
backrest and are arranged in their
proper position.
To return the rear seat cushion, put
the rear part of the seat cushion in
its original position ensuring that the
seat belt buckle straps are not
twisted or caught under the seat
cushion, then push the front part of
the seat cushion firmly down until it
latches.
{ Caution
3. Pull up the release knob on top
of the rear seat backrest and
fold it forward and down.
4-5
When returning rear seat backrest
to the upright position, place the
rear seat belt and buckles
between the rear seat backrest
and one cushion. Make sure the
(Continued)
{ Warning
Ensure that the rear seat
backrests are all the way back
and locked in position before
operating the vehicle with
passengers on the rear seat.
Do not pull the release knobs on
the top of the seat backrest while
the vehicle is moving.
It can cause injuries or damage to
the occupants.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
4-6
Black plate (6,1)
Storage
{ Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the seat
belts.
Always unbuckle the seat belts
and return them to their normal
stowed position before folding a
rear seat.
Warning (Continued)
Objects carried on the folded
down backrest should not extend
higher than the top of the front
seats. This could allow cargo to
slide forward and cause injury or
damage during sudden stops.
Additional Storage
Features
Convenience Net
You can carry small loads with your
optional convenience net.
To install the net, hang each loop in
the upper corner of the net to both
anchors of the back panel.
{ Caution
{ Warning
Never allow passengers to sit on
top of the folded down backrests,
while the car is moving as this is
not a proper seating position and
no seat belts are available
for use.
This could result in serious injury
or death in case of an accident or
sudden stop.
(Continued)
The convenience net is designed
for small loads. Do not carry
heavy objects in your
convenience net.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Storage
Roof Rack System
Roof rack
For safety reasons and to avoid
damage to the roof, the vehicle
approved roof rack system is
recommended.
If you try to carry something on top
of your vehicle that is longer or
wider than the roof rack, the wind
can catch it as you drive along. This
can cause you to lose control. What
you are carrying could be torn off
violently, and this could cause you
or other drivers to have a collision,
and of course damage your vehicle.
Never carry something longer or
wider than the roof rack on top of
your vehicle.
The maximum load (include roof
utility bar's weight) for the roof rack
rails is 50 kg in the vehicle. Do not
exceed the maximum vehicle
capacity when loading your vehicle.
4-7
Information on
Loading the Vehicle
.
Heavy objects in the load
compartment should be placed
against the seat backrests.
Ensure that the backrests are
securely engaged. If objects can
be stacked, heavier objects
should be placed at the bottom.
.
Secure objects in load
compartment to prevent sliding.
.
When transporting objects in the
load compartment, the backrests
of the rear seats must not be
angled forward.
.
Do not allow the load to protrude
above the upper edge of the
backrests.
.
Do not place any objects on the
load compartment cover or the
instrument panel, and do not
cover the sensor on top of the
instrument panel.
Remove the roof utility bar or
luggage, in the auto car washing
facility, in case of there are roof
utility bar or luggage on the
roof rack.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
4-8
Storage
.
The load must not obstruct the
operation of the pedals, parking
brake and gear selector lever,
or hinder the freedom of
movement of the driver. Do not
place any unsecured objects in
the interior.
.
Do not drive with an open load
compartment.
.
The payload is the difference
between the permitted gross
vehicle weight (see identification
plate0 Identification Plate on
page 12-1) and the kerb weight.
For the kerb weight in detail,
refer to the technical data
section.
The kerb weight includes
weights for the driver (68 kg),
luggage (7 kg) and all fluids
(tank 90 % full).
Optional equipment and
accessories increase the kerb
weight.
.
Driving with a roof load
increases the sensitivity of the
vehicle to cross-winds and has a
detrimental effect on vehicle
handling due to the vehicle's
higher centre of gravity.
Distribute the load evenly and
secure it properly with retaining
straps. Adjust the tyre pressure
and vehicle speed according to
the load conditions. Check and
retighten the straps frequently.
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Instruments and Controls
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 5-2
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Windscreen Wiper/Washer . . . . 5-3
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Power Sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Control Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . 5-15
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Airbag and Safety Belt
Tensioner Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Airbag On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Charging System Light . . . . . . 5-17
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Overdrive Off Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Indicator Light . . . . . . . 5-18
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre Pressure Monitoring
System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . .
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . .
Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . .
Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . .
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
5-18
5-18
5-18
5-19
5-19
5-19
5-19
5-20
5-20
Trip Computer
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Vehicle Personalisation
Vehicle Personalisation . . . . . . 5-23
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-2
Black plate (2,1)
Instruments and Controls
Steering Wheel Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
Unlock lever, adjust steering wheel,
then engage lever and ensure it is
fully locked.
Do not adjust steering wheel unless
vehicle is stationary and steering
wheel lock has been released.
{ Caution
If a strong impact is delivered to
the steering column when the
steering wheel is adjusted or the
lever is locked, it may cause
damage to the parts related to
steering wheel.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Instruments and Controls
5-3
Windscreen Wiper/
Washer
The Infotainment system can be
operated by the controls on the
steering wheel 0 Overview on
page 7-3
Windscreen wiper
Horn
Press
a.
To operate the windscreen wipers,
turn the ignition ON and move the
windscreen wiper / washer lever
upward.
OFF: System off.
INT: Intermittent operation.
LO : Continuous wipe, slow speed.
HI : Continuous wipe, fast speed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-4
Black plate (4,1)
Instruments and Controls
For a single wipe when the
windscreen wipers are off, lightly
move the windscreen wiper lever
toward the INT position and release
it. The lever will return automatically
to its normal position when
released. The wipers will operate
through one cycle.
Misting function
To operate the windscreen wipers
once in case of light rain or mist,
lightly move the windscreen wiper /
washer lever toward the INT
position and release it. The lever will
return automatically to its normal
position when released. The wipers
will operate through one cycle.
{ Caution
Less than clear vision for the
driver can lead to an accident
resulting in personal injury and
damage to your vehicle or other
property.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
Windscreen washer
Do not operate the windscreen
wipers when the windscreen is
dry or obstructed, as with snow
or ice.
Using the wipers on an
obstructed windscreen can
damage the wiper blades, wiper
motor and glass.
Check blades are not frozen to
windows before operating in cold
weather. Wiper operation while
blade is frozen can damage wiper
motor.
Pull lever. Washer fluid is sprayed
onto the windscreen and the wiper
wipes a few times.
{ Caution
Do not operate the windscreen
washer continuously for more
than a few seconds, or when the
washer fluid tank is empty. This
can cause the washer motor to
overheat resulting in costly
repairs.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Instruments and Controls
{ Warning
Do not spray washer fluid on the
windscreen in freezing weather.
Using washer fluid and wipers in
freezing weather may cause an
accident because the washer fluid
can form ice on a frozen
windscreen and obstruct your
vision.
Rear Window Wiper/
Washer
Rear window wiper/washer
5-5
{ Caution
Less than clear vision for the
driver can lead to an accident
resulting in personal injury and
damage to your vehicle or other
property.
Do not operate the rear window
wiper when the tailgate window is
dry or obstructed, as with snow
or ice.
Using the wiper on an obstructed
window can damage the wiper
blades, wiper motor, and glass.
To operate the rear wiper and
washer, push the lever toward the
instrument panel. Push once: the
wiper will operate continuously at
slow speed. To spray washer fluid,
push the lever once more.
Check blade is not frozen to
window before operating in cold
weather to prevent damage to the
wiper motor.
At freezing temperature do not
spray washer fluid on the rear
window until it is warm.
Washer fluid can form ice on a
frozen tailgate window and
obstruct your vision.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-6
Black plate (6,1)
Instruments and Controls
{ Caution
Do not operate the windscreen
washer continuously for more
than some seconds, or when the
washer fluid tank is empty. This
can cause the washer motor to
overheat resulting in costly
repairs.
After approximately 1 second, the
minute display will flash
automatically then adjust the current
minute using the CLOCK button.
The setting will be finished without
any operation a few seconds after
adjusting.
Press MENU button until the lower
display area flashes.
Press the SET/CLR button for more
than 2 seconds and then it shifts
into the setting mode.
Clock
Time is shown in the cluster.
If the clock is not equipped in the
cluster, time is shown in the
information system.
Set time
Push the CLOCK button of the
cluster for more than 1 second.
When the hour display flashes,
adjust the current hour using the
CLOCK button.
When the hour display flashes,
select the hour by using the w orx
button (if the hour display flashes
without any operation for more than
30 seconds, the time will return to
the setting mode entry time)
Press SET/CLR button after
selecting the hour and then the
minute display is flashing.
Select the minute by using the w
orx button (if the minute display
flashes without any operation for
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Instruments and Controls
more than 30 seconds, the time will
return to the setting mode
entry time).
Press the SET/CLR button after the
minute setting is completed.
5-7
Do not connect any
current-delivering accessories, e.g.
electrical charging devices or
batteries.
Do not damage the outlet by using
unsuitable plugs.
Power Sockets
Cigarette Lighter
Type 1
A 12 Volt power socket is located in
the front console.
Do not exceed the maximum power
consumption of 120 Watts.
With ignition off, the power sockets
are deactivated.
Additionally the power sockets are
deactivated in the event of low
battery voltage.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-8
Black plate (8,1)
Instruments and Controls
Type 2
Caution (Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Do not press the lighter while it is
heating. This can cause the
lighter to overheat.
boot. Please ensure that no
inflammable explosive
substances are left or kept inside
the car.
Trying to operate a malfunctioning
cigarette lighter can be
dangerous. If the heated cigarette
lighter does not pop out within
25 seconds, pull it out and consult
a workshop to have it repaired.
It can cause injuries and damage
to your vehicle.
To operate the cigarette lighter, turn
the ignition switch to ACC or ON
and push the lighter in all the way.
The cigarette lighter will pop out
automatically when it is ready
to use.
{ Caution
Overheating the cigarette lighter
can damage the heating element
and the lighter itself.
(Continued)
{ Warning
If you leave the vehicle with an
inflammable explosive substance,
such as a disposable lighter,
inside the car in summer, it can
explode and cause fire due to an
increase of temperature in the
passenger compartment and the
(Continued)
{ Caution
The cigarette socket should only
be used with the cigarette lighter.
If other 12 V power adapters are
installed into the cigarette socket,
fuse failure or a potential thermal
incident may occur.
{ Caution
The barrel of an operating
cigarette lighter can become
very hot.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
Instruments and Controls
To open the ashtray, gently lift the
lid of the ashtray. After using, close
the lid firmly.
Caution (Continued)
Do not touch the barrel of the
cigarette lighter and do not allow
children to operate or play with
the cigarette lighter.
To empty the ashtray for cleaning,
slightly rotate the upper part of the
ashtray anticlockwise and remove it.
The hot metal can cause personal
injuries and damage to your
vehicle or other property.
Ashtrays
5-9
{ Caution
Cigarettes and other smoking
materials could set them on fire.
Do not put paper or other
flammable items in the ashtray.
An ashtray fire can lead to
personal injury or damage to your
vehicle or other property.
The portable ashtray can be placed
in the cupholders.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-10
Black plate (10,1)
Instruments and Controls
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Mileometer
Speedometer
Indicates vehicle speed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (11,1)
Instruments and Controls
be switched by pressing the up/
down w or x buttons on the
right side of the instrument
cluster.
5-11
Note: To reset each trip odometer
to zero, press the TRIP button of the
cluster more than 2 seconds.
Rev Counter
The odometer shows how far your
car has been driven in kilometres or
miles.
There are two independent trip
odometers, which measure the
distances your vehicle has travelled
since you last reset this function.
.
Type 1: The odometer, trip A
and trip B can be switched by
pressing the TRIP button.
.
Type 2 : Press MENU until the
upper display area flashes. The
odometer, trip A and trip B can
Displays the engine revolutions per
minute.
Drive in a low engine speed range
for each gear as much as possible.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-12
Black plate (12,1)
Instruments and Controls
Fuel Gauge
{ Danger
Before refuelling, stop vehicle and
switch off the engine.
Control Indicators
Control indicators
Displays the fuel level in the tank.
Never run the tank dry.
Because of the fuel remaining in the
tank, the top-up quantity may be
less than the specified tank
capacity.
Movement of the fuel within the fuel
tank causes the fuel gauge pointer
to move when you brake, accelerate
or turn.
The control indicators described are
not present in all vehicles. The
description applies to all instrument
versions. When the ignition is
switched on, most control indicators
will illuminate briefly as a
functionality test.
The control indicator colours mean:
red : danger, important reminder
yellow : warning, information, fault
green : confirmation of activation
blue : confirmation of activation
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (13,1)
Instruments and Controls
Control indicators in the instrument cluster (Type 1)
5-13
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-14
Instruments and Controls
Control indicators in the instrument cluster (Type 2)
Black plate (14,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (15,1)
Instruments and Controls
Control indicators in the centre
console
{ Caution
If it does not come on, or if it does
not go out after about 3 seconds,
or if it comes on while driving, it
means that there is a malfunction
in the system.
Vehicle should be taken to an
authorised repairer as soon as
possible.
Indicator
G flashes green.
Transmission Display
Flashes
Transmission display (Type 1)
The control indicator flashes if an
indicator or the hazard lights are
activated.
A/T illuminates red.
When the ignition is switched on, it
illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and should go out, to
confirm that the automatic
transmission is operational.
Rapid flashing: failure of an
indicator light or associated fuse.
Bulb replacement
page 10-19
Fuses
0 Headlights on
0 Fuses on page 10-24
5-15
Indicators0 Indicator Signals on
page 6-4
Seat Belt Reminders
Seat belt reminder on front
seats
> for driver's seat illuminates or
flashes red.
C for front passenger seat
illuminates or flashes red, when
seat is occupied.
1. After the ignition has been
switched ON, the control
indicator illuminates until the
seat belt is fastened.
2. After the engine is running, the
control indicator flashes for
100 seconds and then
illuminates until the seat belt is
fastened.
3. If the vehicle moves more than
250 m (0.15 mile) or the speed
is over 22 km/h (14 mph) with
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-16
Black plate (16,1)
Instruments and Controls
unfastened seat belt, the control
indicator will flash and the chime
will sound for 100 seconds.
After 100 seconds, the indicator will
illuminate until the seat belt is
fastened, and the chime will go off.
Seat belt status on rear seats
> for rear seats illuminates or
flashes red.
1. When engine is running with all
doors closed and the vehicle
speed is less than 10 km/h
(6 mph), the rear seat belt
indicators illuminate until the
belts are fastened. In case that
nobody occupies on the seats,
this behaviour is still applied.
2. If the vehicle speed is over
10 km/h (6 mph) with all doors
closed, unfastened rear seat belt
indicators will illuminate for
35 seconds and go off
regardless of occupancy of the
rear seats. If a rear seat belt
becomes fastened, the other
unfastened belt indicator will
illuminate again for 35 seconds
and go off.
3. If any rear seat belt status
changes from fastened to
unfastened when the vehicle
speed is over 10 km/h (6 mph)
and all doors closed, the belt
indicator will flash until the seat
belt is fastened and a chime will
sound 4 times.
Vehicle trouble or deployment of the
belt pretensioners or airbags is
indicated by continuous illumination
of 9.
{ Warning
Have the cause of the fault
remedied immediately by a
workshop.
Three-point seat belt 0 Three-Point
Seat belt on page 3-8
Belt pretensioners, airbag system 0
Front Airbag System on page 3-12
Airbag and Safety Belt
Tensioner Light
9 illuminates red.
Airbag On-Off Light
V illuminates yellow.
When the ignition is switched on,
the control indicator illuminates for a
few seconds. If it does not
illuminate, does not go out after a
few seconds or illuminates whilst
driving, there is a fault in the airbag
system. Seek the assistance of a
workshop. The systems may fail to
trigger in the event of an accident.
When the control indicator
illuminates the front passenger
airbag is activated.
U illuminates yellow.
When the control indicator
illuminates the front passenger
airbag is deactivated.
Airbag deactivation 0 Airbag On-Off
Switch on page 3-16
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (17,1)
Instruments and Controls
Charging System Light
" illuminates red.
It illuminates when the ignition is
switched on and goes out shortly
after the engine starts.
Illuminates when the engine is
running
Stop, switch off engine. Battery is
not charging. Engine cooling may
be interrupted. Seek the assistance
of a workshop.
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
* illuminates or flashes yellow.
It illuminates when the ignition is
switched on and goes out shortly
after the engine starts.
Brake System Warning
Light
J illuminates red (Type 1).
$ illuminates red (Type 2).
Illuminates when the parking brake
is released, if the brake and clutch
fluid level is too low or if there is a
brake system fault. Brake fluid 0
Brake Fluid on page 10-15
{ Warning
Do not drive with the brake
system warning light on.
This may mean your brakes are
not working properly.
Driving with malfunctioning
brakes can lead to a collision
resulting in personal injuries and
damage to your vehicle and other
property.
Illuminates after the ignition is
switched on if the manual parking
brake is applied. Parking brake 0
Parking Brake on page 9-12
5-17
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
! illuminates yellow.
Illuminates for a few seconds after
the ignition is switched on. The
system is ready for operation when
the control indicator goes out.
If the control indicator does not go
out after a few seconds, or if it
illuminates while driving, there is a
fault in the ABS. The brake system
remains operational but without ABS
regulation.
Antilock brake system 0 Antilock
Brake System (ABS) on page 9-11
Up-Shift Light
* illuminates when to shift to the
next higher gear for best fuel
economy.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-18
Black plate (18,1)
Instruments and Controls
Overdrive Off Light
R illuminates yellow.
This indicator comes on when the
overdrive function is cancelled.
Pressing the overdrive button on the
side of the selector lever knob again
will make the overdrive OFF
indicator go off and activate the
overdrive function.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
d illuminates or flashes yellow.
Illuminates
A fault in the system is present.
Continued driving is possible.
Driving stability, however, may
deteriorate depending on road
surface conditions.
Have the cause of the fault
remedied by a workshop.
Flashes
The system is actively engaged.
Engine output may be reduced and
the vehicle may be braked
automatically to a small degree.
Electronic Stability Control 0
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) on
page 9-13
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Off Light
g flashes yellow.
The system is deactivated.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
C illuminates red.
This light tells you that the engine
coolant has overheated.
If you have been operating your
vehicle under normal driving
conditions, you should pull off the
road, stop your vehicle and let the
engine idle for a few minutes.
If the light does not go out, you
should switch the engine off and
consult a workshop as soon as
possible. We recommend that you
consult your authorised workshop.
Tyre Pressure Monitoring
System Light
7 illuminates yellow.
It illuminates when the ignition is
switched on and goes out shortly
after the engine starts.
If 7 comes on while driving, the tyre
pressure monitoring system detects
that one or more of your tyres is
significantly under-inflated. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place, check tyres
and inflate the tyres to the
recommended pressure on the tyre
inflation pressure label.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (19,1)
Instruments and Controls
When the system detects a
malfunction, 7 flashes for about
one minute and then stays on for
the remainder of the ignition cycle.
7 comes on until the problem is
corrected. Have the vehicle checked
by a workshop.
Engine Oil Pressure Light
: illuminates red.
It illuminates when the ignition is
switched on and goes out shortly
after the engine starts.
Illuminates when the engine is
running
{ Caution
Engine lubrication may be
interrupted. This may result in
damage to the engine and/or
locking of the drive wheels.
If the engine oil pressure warning
light comes on while driving, Pull off
the road, stop the engine and check
the oil level.
{ Warning
When the engine is off,
considerably more force is
needed to brake and steer.
Do not remove key until vehicle is
stationary, otherwise the steering
wheel lock could engage
unexpectedly.
Check oil level before seeking the
assistance of a workshop. Engine
oil0 Engine Oil on page 10-9.
Low Fuel Warning Light
. illuminates yellow.
Illuminates when level in fuel tank is
too low.
5-19
{ Caution
Do not let your vehicle run out
of fuel.
This can damage the catalytic
converter.
Catalytic converter 0 Catalytic
Converter on page 9-4
Main-Beam On Light
3 illuminates blue.
Illuminated when main beam is on
and during headlight flash.
Main beam /dipped beam 0
Headlamp Main/Dipped-Beam
Changer on page 6-1
Front Fog Lamp Light
# illuminates green.
Illuminated when the front fog lights
are on 0 Front Fog Lamps on
page 6-4
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-20
Black plate (20,1)
Instruments and Controls
Rear Fog Lamp Light
s illuminates yellow.
Trip Computer
Illuminated when the rear fog light is
on 0 Rear Fog Lamps on page 6-4
Door Ajar Light
L illuminates red (Type 1).
U illuminates red (Type 2).
It illuminates when a door or the
tailgate is open.
The trip computer provides the
driver with driving information such
as driving distance for remaining
fuel, ambient temperature, average
speed, and driving time.
.
Type 1: Each time you press the
MODE button of the cluster.
.
Type 2: Press MENU until the
lower display area flashes. Use
w or x to scroll through the
menu items.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (21,1)
Instruments and Controls
Driving distance for
remaining fuel
If you fill the vehicle with fuel when
the vehicle is on an incline or the
battery is disconnected, the trip
computer will not be able to read the
actual value.
When the driving distance for
remaining fuel is less than 50km
(31 mile), "—" will be displayed and
flashed.
The distance can be different
depending on driving patterns.
This mode indicates the estimated
driving distance to empty from the
current fuel in the fuel tank.
The distance range is 50~999 km
(31~620 miles).
The trip computer is able to register
the refilled fuel of at least 4 litres
or more.
Note: As an auxiliary device, the
trip computer may have differences
with the actual distance for
remaining fuel according to
circumstances.
The driving distance for remaining
fuel can be changed by the driver,
the road and the vehicle speed
because it is calculated according to
the changing fuel efficiency.
Average speed
5-21
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-22
Black plate (22,1)
Instruments and Controls
.
Type 2: Press the SET/CLR
button for more than 1 second.
Driving time
The driving time is accumulated
while the engine is running even if
the vehicle is not driven.
The driving time will be initialised to
0:00 after being displayed to 99:59.
Ambient temperature
This mode indicates the average
speed.
The average speed is accumulated
while the engine is running even if
the vehicle is not driven.
The average speed range is
0~180 km/h (0~111 mph).
To reset the average speed to zero:
.
Type 1: press the MODE button
for more than 1 second.
This mode indicates the total
driving time.
To reset the driving time to zero:
.
Type 1: Press the MODE button
for more than 1 second.
.
Type 2: Press the SET/CLR
button for more than 1 second.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (23,1)
Instruments and Controls
Vehicle
Personalisation
Press the CONFIG button, when
ignition is ON and the infotainment
system is activated.
Show the outside temperature.
Note: The driving distance for
remaining fuel, average speed and
ambient temperature can differ from
the actual distance according to
driving conditions, driving pattern or
vehicle speed.
5-23
The vehicle can be personalised by
changing the settings in the Info
display.
Depending on vehicle equipment
some of the functions described
below might not be available.
Setting menus are displayed. To
switch the setting menu, turn the
MENU knob.
To select a setting menu, press the
MENU button.
To close or to go back to previous,
press the BACK button.
The following menus can be
displayed:
.
Languages
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
5-24
Instruments and Controls
.
Time Date
.
Radio Settings
.
Restore factory Settings
Language Settings
Change the languages.
Time and Date Settings
Infotainment system
0
Radio Settings
Infotainment system
0
Restore factory Settings
All settings are restored to initial
settings.
Black plate (24,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Lighting
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . .
Headlamp Main/Dipped-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlamp Range
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlights When Driving
Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
5 : The dipped beam headlights
and all of the above lights are
illuminated.
The headlights will turn off
automatically when the driver's door
is opened after the ignition switch is
turned to LOCK.
6-1
6-1
6-2
Headlamp Main/
Dipped-Beam Changer
6-2
6-3
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-4
6-4
6-4
Interior Lighting
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Lighting Features
Battery Power Protection . . . . . . 6-5
To turn the head and tail lights on or
off, twist the end of the combination
switch lever. The light switch has
three positions which activate
various light functions as follows:
OFF : All the lights are off.
; : The tail lights, number plate
lights and instrument panel lights
are illuminated.
To switch from low to main beam,
push lever.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
6-2
Black plate (2,1)
Lighting
To switch to dipped beam, push
lever again or pull.
Flash-to-Pass
Note: The headlight main beam
indicator illuminates when the
headlights are on main beam.
{ Warning
Always switch the main beam
headlights to dipped beam when
you approach oncoming vehicles
or other vehicles ahead. Main
beam headlights can temporarily
dazzle other drivers, which could
result in a collision.
The lever will return to its normal
position when you release it. The
main beam headlights will stay on
as long as you hold the combination
switch lever toward you.
Headlamp Range
Adjustment
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Lighting
Headlights When Driving
Abroad
6-3
Hazard Lights
The asymmetrical headlight beam
extends visibility at the edge of the
road at the passenger side.
However, when driving in countries
where traffic drives on the opposite
side of the road, adjust the
headlights to prevent dazzling of
oncoming traffic.
To adapt headlight range to the
vehicle load to prevent dazzling:
turn knob 9 to required position.
0: front seats occupied
1: all seats occupied
2: all seats occupied and load
compartment laden
3: driver's seat occupied and load
compartment laden
Have the headlights adjusted by a
workshop.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
Daytime running light increases
visibility of the vehicle in the
daytime.
Tail lights are not on.
Operated with the
| button.
To activate the hazard lights, push
the button.
To turn off the hazard lights, push
the button again.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
6-4
Black plate (4,1)
Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
lever up: right indicator
lever down: left indicator
If the lever is moved past the
resistance point, the indicator is
switched on constantly. When the
steering wheel moves back, the
indicator is automatically
deactivated.
Front Fog Lamps
Rear Fog Lamps
To turn on the fog lights, make sure
the dipped beam headlights are on.
To turn on the rear fog light, twist
the end of the windscreen wiper
lever when the dipped beam
headlights are on.
Turn the ring on the middle of the
combination switch lever to ON. To
turn off the fog lights, turn the ring to
the OFF position.
To turn off the rear fog light, twist
the end of the lever again.
Reversing Lamps
The reversing light illuminates when
the ignition is on and reverse gear is
selected.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Lighting
Interior Lighting
Interior Lamps
Interior lights
Note: The battery can be
discharged if the lights stay on for a
long time.
{ Warning
Avoid using the courtesy light
while driving in the dark.
A lit passenger compartment
reduces visibility in the dark, and
could cause a collision.
Courtesy light
Operate rocker switch:
9 : always off until shut off
manually.
1 : automatic switching on when
you open a door and off after doors
are closed.
! : always on, even when doors
are open.
6-5
Lighting Features
Battery Power Protection
Switching off electric lights
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, some lights are turned
off automatically if you open the
driver's door when the ignition is
switched to LOCK or ACC.
The courtesy lights will not be
applied with this function.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
6-6
Lighting
2 NOTES
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Infotainment System
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Radio
AM-FM Radio (and DAB (only
for Type A)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Fixed Mast Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Audio Players
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Personalisation
Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Introduction
General Information
The Infotainment system provides
Infotainment in your car, using the
latest technology.
The radio can be easily used by
registering up to 36 AM/FM radio or
DAB (only for Type A) stations with
the PRESET [1] ~ [6] buttons per
every six pages.
7-1
The digital sound processor
provides a number of preset
equaliser modes for sound
optimisation.
.
Maximum output power: 25 W x
4 channels
.
Speaker impedance: 4 ohms
The system can be easily adjusted
using the carefully designed
adjusting device, smart display, and
multifunctional menu dial regulator.
The integrated CD player can play
audio CD and MP3 (WMA) discs,
and the USB player can play
connected USB storage devices or
iPod products
.
The "Overview" section provides
a simple overview of
Infotainment system's functions
and summary of all regulatory
devices.
The Bluetooth phone connection
function allows for the use of
wireless hands-free phone calls, as
well as a phone music player.
.
The "Operation" section explains
the basic controls for the
Infotainment system.
Connect a portable music player to
the exterior sound input to and
enjoy the rich sound of the
Infotainment system.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-2
Infotainment System
Screen Display
The screen display may differ from
the manual display since most
screen displays differ according to
the device's set-up and vehicle
specification.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Infotainment System
Overview
Type A: Radio/DAB + CD/MP3 + USB/iPod + AUX + BT
Type B: Radio + CD/MP3 + USB/iPod + AUX + BT
7-3
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-4
Infotainment System
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Infotainment System
1. Display
6. FAVOURITE [FAV1-2-3] button
Display for Play/Reception/Menu
state and information.
2. POWER [P ] button with
VOLUME dial
.
Turn the power on/off by
pressing this button.
.
Turn the dial to adjust the
overall volume.
.
Press this button to view file
information when using the
CD/MP3 or USB/iPod play
modes.
.
View information about a
radio station and the
currently playing song when
using the radio function.
3. PRESET [1] ~ [6] buttons
.
.
Hold down any of these
buttons to add the current
radio station to the current
Favourites page.
Press any of these buttons
to select the channel linked
to that button.
4. EJECT [Z ] button
Press this button and take out
the disc.
5. Disc slot
This is the slot in which compact
discs are inserted or ejected.
.
Press these buttons while
using the CD/ MP3 or USB/
iPod audio modes to
instantly play the previous
or next track.
.
You can hold down these
buttons to quickly rewind/
forward through the
currently playing songs.
Press this button to select the
page of saved favourites
channels.
7. INFORMATION [INFO] button
8.
© SEEK¨
.
buttons
Press these buttons while
using radio or DAB (Digital
Audio Broadcasting: only
for Type A) automatically
seek stations with clear
reception. You can
manually set the
broadcasting frequency by
holding down these
buttons.
7-5
9. CD/AUX button
Press button to select CD/MP3,
USB/iPod or AUX audio
function.
10. RADIO BAND button
Press button to select AM/FM
radio or DAB (Digital Audio
Broadcasting: only for Type A)
function.
11. TP button
While using the FM RDS
function, turn the TP (Traffic
Programme) function on or off.
12. CONFIG button
Press this button to enter the
system set-up menu.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-6
Black plate (6,1)
Infotainment System
13. TONE button
Press this button to adjust/
select the sound set-up mode.
Steering wheel audio control:
option
1. Volume [x ] +/- buttons
.
Press the buttons to
increase/decrease the
volume step.
.
Hold down the buttons to
quickly up/down the volume
level.
14. MENU button with TUNE dial
.
.
15.
Press this button to
display the currently
functioning menu or
select/practice set-up
content and set-up values.
Turn the dial to move/
change set-up content or
set-up values.
/ BACK button
2.
¦ SEEK¥
Press the button to change
the registered radio stations
or the music track being
played.
.
Hold down the button to
change the favourite station
or rewind/forward through
the currently playing songs.
Cancel input content or return
to the previous menu.
16. PHONE [5 ]/MUTE [> ]
button
.
.
Press this button to
activate Bluetooth mode/
make a call.
Hold down the button to
turn the mute function on
or off.
buttons
.
3. Call [5 ] button
Press this button to make a call.
4. Hang up [K ]/MUTE [> ]
button
.
Press this button to end
a call.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Infotainment System
.
Hold down the button in any
music play mode to turn the
mute function on/off.
System on/off
Volume control
Press the POWER [P ] button to
turn the power on.
Turn the VOLUME [VOL] dial to
adjust the volume.
7-7
Operation
Buttons and controlling device
The Infotainment system is operated
by using the function buttons,
multifunctional dial, and the menu
indicated on the screen display.
The buttons and control devices
used in the system are as follows.
.
.
The Infotainment system buttons
and dial
Steering wheel audio control
buttons
.
Turning on the power will play
the previously chosen
broadcasting station or song.
Press the POWER [P ] button to
turn the power off.
.
The current sound volume is
indicated.
.
Turning on the Infotainment
system power will set the
volume level to its previous
selection (when it is less than
the maximum starting volume).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-8
Black plate (8,1)
Infotainment System
Volume limit by high
temperature
If the inside temperature of the radio
is very high, the Infotainment
system will limit the controllable
maximum volume.
If necessary, the volume will
automatically decrease.
Tone settings
From Tone Settings menu, sound
features can be set-up differently
according to the AM/FM radio or
DAB (only for Type A) and each
audio player's functions.
Press the TONE button when using
the relevant functioning mode.
Turn the TUNE dial to select desired
tone control mode, and then press
the MENU button.
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
desired tone control value, and then
press the MENU button.
It is possible to initialise the
currently selected item by
long-pressing the MENU button in
the tune configuration mode, or to
initialise all items of the tune
configuration mode by long-pressing
the TONE button.
Tone Settings menu
.
Bass: Adjust the bass level from
−12 to +12.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
Infotainment System
.
Midrange: Adjust the midrange
level from −12 to +12.
.
Treble: Adjust the treble level
from −12 to +12.
.
Fader: Adjust the front/rear
speaker balance from front 15 to
rear 15 in the six speaker
system model.
.
Balance: Adjust the left/right
speaker balance from left 15 to
right 15.
.
EQ (Equaliser): Select or turn off
the sound style (OFF ↔ Pop ↔
Rock ↔ Classical ↔ Talk ↔
Country)
Select function
AM/FM radio or DAB (only for
Type A)
Press the RADIO BAND button to
select AM/FM radio or DAB (only for
Type A) function.
Press the MENU button to open the
AM/FM or DAB menu that includes
options for selecting broadcast
stations.
7-9
CD/MP3/USB/iPod audio or
exterior sound input (AUX) play
Repeatedly press CD/AUX button to
toggle through the audio player
functions, the CD function for CD/
MP3 discs, or the connected AUX/
USB/iPod audio player. (CD/MP3 →
AUX → USB/ iPod → CD/MP3
→ ....)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-10
Black plate (10,1)
Infotainment System
Bluetooth hands-free phone
device
Press the MENU button to open the
menu with options for the relevant
function or the menu of the relevant
device.
Press the MENU button to open
Bluetooth with options for the
relevant function.
Press the PHONE [5 ] button to
select the Bluetooth hands-free
phone function.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (11,1)
Infotainment System
Radio
(8)
© SEEK¨
Press this button to
automatically search for
available radio or DAB
(Digital Audio
Broadcasting: only for
Type A) stations.
.
Hold down this button to
change the radio or DAB
(only for Type A)
frequency as desired,
and then let the button
go to stop at the current
frequency.
AM-FM Radio (and DAB
(only for Type A))
Before using AM/FM Radio
and DAB
(10) RADIO BAND button
Press button to select AM/
FM radio or DAB (Digital
Audio Broadcasting: only for
Type A) function
(14) MENU button with TUNE dial
.
.
(16)
Turn this dial to manually
find a broadcasting
frequency.
Press this button to
access the menu screen
from the current mode.
/ BACK button
Cancel the input item or
return to the previous
screen/menu.
buttons
.
(6) FAVOURITE [FAV1-2-3]
button
Press this button to move
through the pages of saved
favourite radio or DAB (only
for Type A) stations.
7-11
(3) PRESET [1] ~ [6] buttons
.
Hold down any of these
PRESET buttons to
register the current radio
or DAB (only for Type A)
station to that button.
.
Press this button to
select the station
registered to the
PRESET button.
(11) TP button
While using the FM RDS
function, turn the TP (Traffic
Programme) function on
or off.
(7) INFORMATION [INFO]
button
View the information for
broadcast radio or DAB (only
for Type A) stations.
(16) MUTE [> ] button
Hold down the button to turn
the mute function on or off.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-12
Infotainment System
Listening to radio or DAB (only
for Type A) station
Searching for radio station
automatically
Selecting the radio or DAB mode
Repeatedly press the RADIO BAND
button to select the AM/FM radio or
DAB band.
.
Black plate (12,1)
The previously chosen
broadcasting station will be
received.
Press the © SEEK¨ buttons to
automatically search for available
radio stations with good reception.
Seeking for DAB service
component automatically (only for
Type A)
Press the © SEEK¨ buttons to
automatically seek for available
DAB service component in current
ensemble.
To skip to the previous/next
ensemble, press the © SEEK¨
buttons.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (13,1)
Infotainment System
Seeking for radio station
Hold down the © SEEK¨ buttons to
quickly change the frequency, and
then release the button at the
desired frequency.
Seeking for DAB ensemble (only
for Type A)
Press and hold the © SEEK¨
buttons to automatically seek for
available DAB service component
with good reception.
7-13
Linking the DAB service (only for
Type A)
[DAB-DAB on/DAB-FM off]
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-14
Black plate (14,1)
Infotainment System
When you set-up the Auto linking
DAB-FM is activated, if the DAB
service signal is weak, the
infotainment system received the
linked service component
automatically. [refer to Settings
(press the CONFIG button) → Radio
settings → DAB settings → Auto
linking DAB-FM]
Tuning a DAB station manually
(only for Type A)
Tuning a radio station manually
[DAB-DAB off/DAB-FM on]
From the DAB mode, press the
MENU button to enter the
DAB menu.
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
DAB manual tuning, and then press
MENU button.
Turn the TUNE dial to manually find
the desired broadcasting frequency.
[DAB-DAB on/DAB-FM on]
Turn the TUNE dial to manually find
the desired broadcasting frequency,
and then press MENU button.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (15,1)
Infotainment System
7-15
Using the DAB stations list (only
for Type A)
Showing the DAB information
(only for Type A)
Using the PRESET buttons
Turn the TUNE dial to show the
DAB stations list.
Repeatedly press INFORMATION
[INFO] button to select the desired
display mode for DAB station
information.
Press FAVOURITE [FAV1-2-3]
button to select the desired page of
saved favourites.
.
The Station list information will
be displayed.
.
If the stations list is empty, DAB
stations list updating is started
automatically.
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
desired list, and then press the
MENU button to receive the relevant
broadcasting channel.
Registering PRESET button
Hold down any of PRESET [1] ~ [6]
buttons to register the current radio
or DAB station (only for Type A) to
that button of the selected
Favourites Page.
.
Up to Favourites pages can be
saved, and each page can store
up to six radio or DAB stations.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-16
Black plate (16,1)
Infotainment System
.
It is possible to set-up the
number of the Favourites pages
being used in "Settings → Radio
settings → Radio favourites
(Max. number of favourite
pages)".
.
If a new radio station is
registered to a PRESET [1] ~ [6]
previously registered button, its
previous content will be deleted
and be replaced with the new
radio or DAB station that is
saved.
Listening to PRESET button
directly
Repeatedly press the FAVOURITE
[FAV1-2-3] button to select the
desired FAV (Favourites)
Presets Page.
.
The number 1 broadcasting
information of the selected FAV
(Favourites) Presets Page will
be displayed.
Press a PRESET [1] ~ [6] buttons
to directly listen to the radio or DAB
station (only for Type A) saved to
that button.
Using the radio or DAB (only
for Type A) menu
Press the MENU button to display
the radio or DAB menu.
Turn the TUNE dial to move to the
desired menu item, and then press
MENU button to select the relevant
item or to display the item's
detailed menu.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (17,1)
Infotainment System
7-17
AM/FM or DAB (only for Type A)
menu → Favourites list
AM/FM Menu → AM/FM
stations list
FM or DAB(only for Type A) menu
→ FM or DAB category list
From the AM/FM or DAB menu, turn
the TUNE dial to select the
Favourites List, and then press
MENU button.
From the AM/FM Menu, turn the
TUNE dial to select the FM/AM
stations list, and then press MENU
button.
From the FM or DAB menu, turn the
TUNE dial to select the FM or DAB
category list, and then press the
MENU button.
.
The Favourites list information
will be displayed.
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
desired Favourites list, and then
press MENU button to receive
relevant broadcasting channel.
.
The station list information will
be displayed.
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
desired list, and then press the
MENU button to receive the relevant
broadcasting channel.
.
The FM or DAB category list will
be displayed.
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
desired list, and then press the
MENU button to receive the relevant
broadcasting frequency.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-18
Infotainment System
DAB menu → DAB
announcements (only for Type A)
From the DAB menu, turn the TUNE
dial and move to the DAB
announcements, and then press
MENU button.
.
Black plate (18,1)
The DAB announcement list will
be displayed.
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
desired lists, and then press the
MENU button to receive the relevant
broadcasting frequency.
AM/FM or DAB (only for Type A)
menu → Update AM/FM or DAB
stations list
RDS (Radio Broadcast Data
System)
The Radio Data System (RDS) is a
service by FM stations that
considerably makes it easier to find
radio stations with fault-free
reception.
From the AM/FM or DAB menu, turn
the TUNE dial and move to the
Update AM/FM or DAB stations list,
and then press MENU button.
.
The FM/AM/DAB broadcasting
list update will proceed.
.
During the AM/FM/DAB
broadcasting list update, press
the MENU button or the /
BACK button to stop it from
saving changes.
.
RDS stations are indicated by
the programme name with the
broadcasting frequency.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (19,1)
Infotainment System
View RDS broadcasting
information
While receiving RDS broadcasting,
press the INFORMATION [INFO]
button to check RDS broadcasting
information that is being received.
Configuring RDS
7-19
Turn the TUNE dial to select RDS
options, and then press the MENU
button.
Switching RDS On and Off
Set the option RDS to On or Off.
The following advantages result
through activating RDS:
.
On the display the programme
name of the set station appears
instead of its frequency.
.
The Infotainment system always
tunes into the best receivable
broadcasting frequency of the
set station by means of AF
(Alternative Frequency).
From the RDS options menu, turn
the TUNE dial to move to RDS Off,
and then press the MENU button to
turn On the RDS function.
Switching Regionalisation On
and Off
RDS must be activated for
regionalisation.
Press the CONFIG button to display
system Settings menu.
Turn the TUNE dial to move to the
Radio settings, and then press the
MENU button.
At certain times some RDS stations
broadcast regionally different
programmes on different
frequencies.
Set the option Regional (REG) to
On or Off.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-20
Black plate (20,1)
Infotainment System
Only alternative frequencies (AF)
with the same regional programmes
are selected.
If regionalisation is switched off,
alternative frequencies of the
stations are selected without regard
to regional programmes.
From the RDS options menu, turn
the TUNE dial to move to Regional
Off, and then press the MENU
button to turn On the Regional
function.
Switching the Text scroll
freeze On and Off
Volume of the traffic
announcements (TA)
To switch the Text scroll freeze
function (for displaying the
information of programme service)
On or Off.
The minimum volume of the traffic
announcements (TA) can be preset.
From the RDS options menu, turn
the TUNE dial to move to Text scroll
freeze Off, and then press the
MENU button to turn on the Text
scroll freeze function (On).
The minimum volume of the traffic
announcements can be increased or
reduced in comparison to the
normal audio volume.
From the RDS options menu, turn
the TUNE dial to move to TA
volume, and then press the MENU
button.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (21,1)
Infotainment System
Turn the TUNE dial to adjust the TA
volume level, and then press the
MENU button.
Press the TP button to turn the
Traffic programme service function
activate or deactivate.
Radio traffic service (TP =
Traffic Programme)
.
Radio traffic service stations are
RDS stations that broadcast
traffic news.
If the radio traffic service is
switched on, then [ ] is displayed
in the radio main menu.
Switching the Traffic Announcement
standby facility of the infotainment
system On and Off:
7-21
.
Once a radio traffic service
station has been found, [TP] is
displayed in the radio
main menu.
.
If the radio traffic service is
switched on, then CD/MP3/USB/
iPod music or AUX replay is
interrupted for the duration of the
traffic announcement.
Blocking out traffic
announcements
To block out a traffic announcement,
e.g. during CD/MP3 replay or radio
reception:
.
If the current station is not a
radio traffic service station, then
a search is automatically started
for the next radio traffic service
station.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-22
Infotainment System
Press the TP button.
Fixed Mast Aerial
Switch on the radio traffic service
and fully turn down the volume of
the Infotainment system.
Only for Type A
.
Black plate (22,1)
Only for Type B
The traffic announcement is
aborted, but the radio traffic
service remains switched on.
Blocking out current traffic
announcements
To block out a current traffic
announcement e.g. during TA radio
reception:
To remove the roof aerial, rotate it
anticlockwise. To install the roof
aerial, rotate it clockwise.
{ Caution
Be sure to remove the aerial
before entering a place with a low
ceiling or it may be damaged.
Press the TP button.
Entering the automatic car wash
with the aerial installed may result
in damage to the aerial or the roof
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (23,1)
Infotainment System
Caution (Continued)
panel. Be sure to remove your
aerial before entering the
automatic car wash.
Install the aerial fully tightened and
adjusted to the upright position to
ensure proper reception.
Audio Players
.
An audio CD disc with an
anti-piracy function with no
compatibility with the audio CD
standard may not work properly
or at all.
.
CD-R and CD-RW discs that are
manually recorded are easier to
be handled with carelessness
than the original CD discs.
CD Player
The CD/MP3 player of this system
can play audio CD and MP3 (WMA)
discs.
Before using CD player
Important information about audio
CD and MP3 (WMA) discs
Manually recorded CD-R and
CD-RW discs should especially
be handled with care. Please
refer to the following.
{ Caution
In any case, do not insert any
DVDs, mini discs with a diameter
of 8cm, or discs with abnormal
surfaces in this CD/MP3 (WMA)
player.
Do not put any stickers on the
disc surface. Such discs may be
stuck in the CD player and
damage the drive device. If this
occurs, then the device will need
to be replaced at high cost.
7-23
.
Manually recorded CD-R and
CD-RW discs many not play
properly or at all.
In such cases, this is not a
problem with the device.
.
When changing discs, take care
to not smear any fingerprints on
the playing side.
.
After removing the disc from the
CD/MP3 player, make sure to
immediately put the disc into a
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-24
Infotainment System
disc sleeve to prevent it from
being damaged or smeared
with dust.
.
.
If the disc is smeared with dust
or liquid, then this may cause
problems by contaminating the
lens of the CD/MP3 player inside
the device.
‐ MP3 files that are not in
MPEG1 Layer3 format
.
Protect the disc from heat and
exposure to direct light.
Do not use any of the discs
described below. Excessive use
of these discs in the player may
cause problems.
‐ Discs affixed with a label
printed with an inkjet printer
This product can play Audio CD/
MP3 (WMA) discs.
‐ Discs that are made by
over-burning, thus holding
data exceeding the standard
capacity
‐ MP3 (WMA): CD-R/CD-RW/
CD-ROM
MP3 (WMA) files below cannot
be played.
‐ Discs with cracks or scratches
or are bent will not be played
properly.
‐ File encoded in MP3i
(MP3 interactive) or MP3 PRO
standards
‐ An 8 cm disc or a non-circular
disc (quadrangle,
pentagon, oval)
‐ MP3 (WMA) file encoded in
non-standards
The disc player may not work
properly if the heater is turned
on in cold weather due to
moisture created inside the
device. If this is a concern, keep
the product off for about
one hour before use.
.
Play may be stopped due to the
vehicle shaking while driving on
rugged roads.
.
Do not forcefully take out or
insert the disc or block it with
your hand while it is being
ejected.
.
Insert the disc with the printed
side facing up. It cannot be
played if it is inserted
upside down.
.
Do not touch the recording side
with your hand while handling
the disc (the side without any
print or decoration).
.
Place discs that are not being
used in cases, and keep them in
a place not exposed to direct
light or high temperature.
‐ Discs with stickers, labels, or a
protective cell attached.
‐ CD-DA: CD-R/CD-RW
.
.
Caution for using disc
Usable disc type
.
Black plate (24,1)
.
Do not put anything other than
discs in the disc slot since this
may cause trouble or damage.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (25,1)
Infotainment System
.
Do not smear any chemical
substances on the disc. Clean
discs of dirt with a moist, soft
cloth, wiping from the centre to
the edge.
Caution for using CD-R/RW disc
.
.
.
.
.
.
Damaged music files may not be
played or will be cut off while
playing
.
Some anti-piracy discs may not
be played.
.
An MP3 (WMA) disc can have a
maximum of 512 files for each of
the 10 folder levels, and a
maximum number of 999 files
can be played.
When using CD-R/CD-RW discs,
only the disc that has been
"finalised" can be used.
Discs that are created with a PC
may not play according to the
application program set-up and
environment.
CD-R/CD-RW discs, especially
bulk discs, may not be work if
they are directly exposed to
direct light or high temperature,
or if they are kept inside your car
for a long time.
The title and other text
information recorded on CD-R/
CD-RW discs may not be
displayed on this device.
CD-RW discs may have longer
loading times than CDs or CD-R
discs.
.
.
.
.
The file/folder names that can be
used per disc storage type are
as follows, including the
four-digit file name
extensions (.mp3).
‐ ISO 9660 Level 1: Maximum
of 12 characters
‐ ISO 9660 Level 2: Maximum
of 31 characters
‐ Joliet: Maximum of 64
characters (1 byte)
This system can only recognise
MP3 (WMA) discs made in
ISO-9660 level 1/2 or in the
Joliet file system. (It does not
support the UDF file system.)
MP3/WMA files are not
compatible with packet writing
data transmission.
7-25
‐ Windows long file name:
Maximum of 128 Characters
(1 byte)
Caution for using MP3/WMA
music files
.
This product can play MP3
(WMA) files with .mp3, .wma
(lower case letters) or .MP3 and
.WMA (capital letters) file name
extensions.
.
MP3 files that can be played by
this product are as follows.
The disc on which MP3/WMA
files and audio data (CDDA) are
written may not be played if it is
a CD-Extra or Mixed-Mode CD.
‐ Bit rate: 8 kbps ~ 320 kbps
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-26
Infotainment System
‐ Sampling frequency: 48 kHz,
44.1 kHz, 32 kHz (for
MPEG-1), 24 kHz, 22.05 kHz,
16 kHz (for MPEG-2)
.
While this product can play files
with an 8 kbps ~ 320 kbps bit
rate, files with a bit rate above
128 kbps will result in high
quality sound.
.
This product can display ID3 Tag
(Version 1.0, 1.1, 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4)
information for MP3 files, such
as the album name and the
artist.
.
To display album (disc title),
track (track title), and artist (track
artist) information, the file should
be compatible with the ID3 Tag
V1 and V2 formats.
.
Black plate (26,1)
This product can play MP3 files
using VBR. When playing an
MP3 file of this VBR type, the
remaining time displayed may be
different from the real time.
Order of playing music files
Playing CD/MP3
(9) CD/AUX button
Select the CD/MP3 player.
(14) MENU button with TUNE dial
(8)
.
Turn the dial to move to
the track list, menu,
or MP3 (WMA) track
information item.
.
Press the button to
display the menu screen
for the current item or
current mode.
© SEEK¨
buttons
.
Press these buttons to
play the previous or next
track.
.
Hold down these buttons
to rewind or fast forward
through the track, and
release the button to
resume playing at
normal speed.
(4) EJECT [Z ] button
Eject the disc.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (27,1)
Infotainment System
(7) INFORMATION [INFO]
button
Display the information for
the track being played.
7-27
Insert the disc to be played with
printed surface facing upward in the
disc inserting slot.
(16) MUTE [> ] button
Hold down the button to turn
the mute function on or off.
(15)
/ BACK button
Cancel the input item or
return to the previous menu.
Inserting and playing the CD/
MP3 disc
When a disc to be played is already
inserted, repeatedly press CD/AUX
button to select CD/MP3 play.
.
Once the reading of disc
information is completed, it will
automatically play from track 1.
.
When a non-readable disc is
inserted, the disc will
automatically be ejected with the
display of a disc error message,
and then the system will switch
to the previously used function
or the FM radio.
.
If there is no disc to be played,
"No CD Inserted" will be
displayed on the screen and the
function will not be selected.
.
The track that was previously
played will automatically play.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-28
Infotainment System
Eject disc
To end play, press the EJECT [Z ]
button button to take out the disc.
.
.
Black plate (28,1)
When the disc comes out, it
automatically switches to the
previously used function or the
FM radio.
The disc will automatically be
reinserted if it is not taken out for
some time.
Changing playing track
Press the © SEEK¨ buttons in play
mode to play the previous or next
track.
.
Using the Steering wheel audio
remote control, tracks can be
easily changed by pressing the
SEEK button.
Or turn the TUNE dial to move to
the play track list, and then press
MENU button to instantly change it.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (29,1)
Infotainment System
Changing playing position
Hold down the © SEEK¨ buttons
during play mode to rewind or
fast-forward through the song.
Release the button to resume
playing the song at normal speed.
.
The volume is slightly reduced
during rewinding and
fast-forwarding, and the playing
time will be displayed.
7-29
View information on playing track
Press the INFORMATION [INFO]
button in play mode to display
information about the track being
played.
.
If there is no information on the
playing track for audio CDs, then
the system will display "No
Information."
For MP3 (WMA) tracks, more
information can be viewed by
turning the TUNE dial from the track
information display.
.
The information displayed
includes the file name, folder
name, and ID3 Tag information
saved with the song.
If incorrect ID3 Tag information
(e.g. artist, song title) was added
to MP3 (WMA) files before they
are burnt to disc, this information
will be displayed as is by the
Infotainment system. Incorrect
ID3 Tag information cannot be
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-30
Infotainment System
modified or corrected on the
Infotainment system (ID3 Tags
can only be corrected on a PC).
.
Black plate (30,1)
CD menu → Track list
The information for songs
expressed in special symbols or
in unavailable languages may be
displayed as "——" or not
displayed at all.
Using CD menu
Changing the playback mode
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
Shuffle songs or Repeat playback
functions, and then press the MENU
button to turn the relevant functions
On or Off.
For Audio CD discs, turn the TUNE
dial from the CD menu to select the
Track list, and then press the MENU
button.
Turn the TUNE dial to find the
desired Track list, and then press
the MENU button to play the
selected track.
From the CD/MP3 play mode, press
the MENU button to open the
CD menu.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (31,1)
Infotainment System
CD menu → Search ...
CD menu → Folders
For MP3 (WMA) disc, turn the
TUNE dial from the CD menu to
move to the Folders, and then press
the MENU button
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
desired folder, and then press the
MENU button.
7-31
Turn the TUNE dial to find the
desired track, and then press the
MENU button to play the selected
track from the selected folder.
For MP3 [WMA] disc, turn the TUNE
dial from the CD menu, move to the
Search ..., and then press the
MENU button.
.
After the system reads the disc
information, the first song of the
playlist [iP] will be displayed.
.
If there are no music files in the
playlist [iP], the first song for
each artist [iA] will be displayed.
.
However, it may take a long time
to read the disc depending on
the number of music files.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-32
Infotainment System
Press the MENU button again, and
from the displayed search item, turn
the TUNE dial to select the desired
search item.
.
Black plate (32,1)
The number of relevant songs
will be displayed by Playlist [iP]/
Artist [iA]/Album [iL]/Title [iS]/
Genre [iG].
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
detailed classification item, and then
press the MENU button.
Turn the TUNE dial to find the
desired track/title, and then press
the MENU button to play the
selected track.
Auxiliary Devices
USB player
Cautions for using USB devices
.
Operation cannot be guaranteed
if the HDD built-in USB mass
storage device or CF or SD
memory card is connected by
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (33,1)
Infotainment System
using a USB adaptor. Use a
USB or flash memory type
storage device.
.
Be careful not to touch the USB
connecting terminal with an
object or any part of your body.
Take caution to avoid static
electricity discharge when
connecting or disconnecting the
USB. If connection and
disconnection are repeated
many times in a short time, this
may cause a problem in using
the device.
.
The USB storage device can
only be recognised when it is
formatted in FAT16/32 file
format. Only devices with an
allocated unit size of 512 Byte/
Sector or 2,048 Byte/Sector can
be used. NTFS and other file
systems cannot be recognised.
.
To separate the USB device, use
the "USB menu → Remove
USB" by using the MENU button
with TUNE dial to carry out
removal of the USB.
.
.
Operation is not guaranteed if
the connecting terminal of the
USB device is not metal.
According to the type and
capacity of the USB storage
device and the type of the stored
file, the time it takes to recognise
the files may differ. This is not a
problem with the product in this
case, so please wait for the files
to be processed.
.
.
Connection with i-Stick Type
USB storage devices may be
faulty due to vehicle vibration, so
their operation cannot be
guaranteed.
Files in some USB storage
devices may not be recognised
due to compatibility problems,
and connections with a memory
reader or a USB hub are not
supported. Please check the
device's operation in the vehicle
before use.
.
7-33
.
When devices such as an MP3
player, mobile phone, or digital
camera are connected through a
mobile disc, it may not operate
normally.
.
Do not disconnect the USB
storage device while it is being
played.
This may cause damage to the
product or the performance of
the USB device.
.
Disconnect the connected USB
storage device when the vehicle
ignition is turned off. If the
ignition is turned on while the
USB storage device is
connected, the USB storage
device may be damaged or may
not operate normally in some
cases.
{ Caution
USB storage devices can only be
connected to this product for the
purpose of playing music files.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-34
Infotainment System
.
Caution (Continued)
The product's USB terminal
should not be used to charge
USB accessory equipment since
the heat generation using the
USB terminal may cause
performance issues or damage to
the product.
.
Black plate (34,1)
When the logical drive is
separated from a mass USB
storage device, only the files
from the top-level logical drive
can be played for USB music
files. This is the reason that the
music files to be played should
be stored in the top-level drive of
the device.
Music files in particular USB
storage devices may also not be
normally played if an application
is loaded by partitioning a
separate drive inside the USB
device.
.
Music files to which DRM (Digital
Right Management) is applied
cannot be played.
This product can support USB
storage devices that are up to 16
Gigabytes in capacity with a limit
of 999 files, 512 folders, and 10
stages of folder structure.
Normal usage cannot be
guaranteed for storage devices
that exceed this limit.
‐ Bit rate: 8 kbps ~ 320 kbps
‐ Sampling frequency:
48 kHz, 44.1 kHz, 32 kHz (for
MPEG-1)
24 kHz, 22.05 kHz, 16 kHz (for
MPEG-2)
.
This product displays MP3
(WMA) files with the mp3, .wma
(lower case letters) or .MP3 or .
WMA (capital letters) file name
extensions.
.
This product can display ID3 tag
(Version 1.0, 1.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4)
information about album, artist,
etc. for MP3 files.
.
The file/folder names that can be
used according to storage type
are as follows, including the four
character file name
extensions (.mp3).
Caution for using USB music files
.
Damaged music files may be
cut-off during playback or may
not be played at all.
.
Folders and music files are
displayed in the order of Symbol
→ Number → Alphabet → ...
.
A maximum of 64 Korean/
English characters can be
recognised for folder or file
names written in the Joliet file
system.
About MP3 (WMA) music files
.
The MP3 files that can be played
are as follows.
‐ ISO 9660 Level 1: Maximum
of 12 characters
‐ ISO 9660 Level 2: Maximum
of 31 characters
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (35,1)
Infotainment System
‐ Joliet: Maximum of 64
characters (1 byte)
(14) MENU button with TUNE dial
.
‐ Windows long file name:
maximum of 128 characters
(1 byte)
.
This product can play MP3 files
which use VBR. When a VBR
type MP3 file is being played,
the remaining time displayed
may be different from the actual
time remaining.
Main buttons/dial
The following main buttons and
controls are used to play USB music
files.
(9) CD/AUX button
Press the button repeatedly
when the USB device is
connected to select the USB
play mode.
.
(8)
Turn the dial to move to
the track list, menu or
MP3 (WMA) track
information.
Press the button to
display the menu screen
provided by the current
item or current mode.
© SEEK¨
(15)
7-35
/ BACK button
Cancel the input item or
return to the previous menu.
Connecting the USB storage
device
buttons
.
Press these buttons to
play the previous or next
track.
.
Hold down these buttons
to rewind or fast forward,
and then release to play
at normal speed.
(7) INFORMATION [INFO]
button
Display the information of the
track being played.
(16) MUTE [> ] button
Hold down the button to turn
the mute function on or off.
Connect the USB storage device
with music files to be played to the
USB connecting terminal.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-36
Black plate (36,1)
Infotainment System
.
It will automatically play from the
previous playing point.
USB menu → Remove USB
Afterwards, the functions of the
USB player are operated
similarly to CD/MP3 playback.
Afterwards, the functions of the
USB player are operated similarly
to CD/MP3 playback.
Ending USB music files playback
.
.
Once the product finishes
reading the information on the
USB storage device, it will
automatically play.
If a non-readable USB storage
device is connected, then an
error message will appear and
the product will automatically
switch to the previously used
function or the FM radio
function.
If the USB storage device to be
played is already connected,
repeatedly press the CD/AUX button
to select the USB player.
Press the RADIO BAND or CD/AUX
button to select other functions.
.
To end play and disconnect the
USB storage device, use the
USB menu → Remove USB
function to safely remove the
USB storage device.
Using the USB menu
The instructions for "Shuffle songs/
Repeat/ Folder/Search ..." from the
USB menu are similar to the CD/
MP3 player's CD menu; only the
"Remove USB" item has been
added. Refer to the CD/MP3 player
functions from the CD menu.
Press the MENU button from the
play mode, to display the
USB menu.
Turn the TUNE dial to move to the
Remove USB, and then press the
MENU button to display the
message notifying you that it is safe
to remove the USB device.
Disconnect the USB device from the
USB connection terminal.
.
Return to the previously used
function.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (37,1)
Infotainment System
iPod player
Main buttons/dial
The following main buttons and
controls are used to play the iPod
music files.
(9) CD/AUX button
Press this button repeatedly
when the iPod is connected
to select the iPod play mode.
(14) MENU button with TUNE dial
.
.
Turn the dial to move
and display the track list
that is playing.
Press the button to
display the menu screen
provided by the current
item or current mode.
(8)
© SEEK¨
buttons
.
Press these buttons to
play the previous or next
track.
.
Hold down these buttons
to rewind or fast forward,
and then release to play
at normal speed.
7-37
Connecting iPod player
(7) INFORMATION [INFO]
button
Display the track being
played.
(16) MUTE [> ] button
Hold down the button to turn
the mute function on or off.
Connect the iPod with music files to
be played to the USB connecting
terminal.
.
Some iPod/iPhone product
models may not be supported.
Only connect the iPod to this
product with connection cables
supported by iPod products. Other
connection cables cannot be used.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-38
Infotainment System
the product will automatically
switch to the previously used
function or the FM radio
function.
.
.
the iPod in terms of play order,
method, and the information
displayed.
.
Refer to the following table for
the classification items related to
the search function provided by
the iPod product.
In some cases, the iPod product
may be damaged if the ignition
is turned off when it is connected
to the product.
When the iPod product is not
being used, keep it separately
from this product with the car
ignition turned off.
.
Black plate (38,1)
Once the product finishes
reading the information on the
iPod device, it will play
automatically.
If a non-readable iPod device is
connected, then the relevant
error message will appear and
If the iPod device to be played is
already connected, repeatedly press
CD/AUX button to select the iPod
player.
.
It will automatically play from the
previously played point.
.
The playback functions and the
information display items of the
iPod player used with this
product may be different from
Afterwards, the functions to play
the iPod are operated similarly to
CD/MP3 playback.
Log-off iPod playback
To end playback, press the RADIO
BAND or CD/AUX button to select
other functions.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (39,1)
Infotainment System
Using the iPod menu
From the iPod menu, the
instructions for "Shuffle songs/
Repeat/Search... (including Audio
books and Composers)" are similar
to CD/MP3 player's CD Menu; only
the "Remove iPod" item has been
added. Refer to each item of CD/
MP3 for use.
iPod menu → Remove iPod
Turn the TUNE dial to move to the
Remove iPod function, and then
press the MENU button to display
the message notifying you that it is
safe to remove the device.
Separate the iPod device from the
USB connection terminal.
.
7-39
(1- MUTE [> ] button
6) Hold down the button to turn
the mute function on or off.
Connecting an exterior sound
Return to the previously used
function.
Exterior Sound (AUX) Input
Main buttons/dial
The following main buttons and
controls are used to enjoy the rich
sound of the Infotainment system
from the sound output of a
connected exterior sound device.
(9) CD/AUX button
When an exterior sound
device connected, press the
button to select the exterior
sound (AUX) input mode.
Press the MENU button from the
play mode, to display the
iPod menu.
(2) POWER button with
VOLUME dial
Turn the dial to adjust the
volume.
Connect the audio output of the
external audio equipment to AUX
input terminal.
.
The Infotainment system will
automatically switch to the
exterior sound (AUX) input mode
when the exterior sound device
is connected.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-40
Black plate (40,1)
Infotainment System
Personalisation
How to use the Settings menu for
personalisation
Main buttons/dial
.
The buttons and dial used in the
system set-up are as follows.
(12) CONFIG button
Press this button to enter the
system Settings menu.
Settings menus and functions
may differ according to car
model.
.
Reference: Table of information
for settings on the next page
(14) MENU button with TUNE dial
Press the CD/AUX button to switch
to the exterior sound input mode if
the exterior sound system has
already been connected.
Turn the VOLUME [VOL] dial to
adjust the volume.
(15)
.
Turn the dial to move to
the menu or set-up item.
.
Press the button to
select/enter the detailed
control screen provided
by the current menu or
set-up item.
[Example] Settings → Time Date
→ Set date: May 25th 2013
/ BACK button
.
Cancel the input item or
return to the previous
screen/menu.
Press the CONFIG button for the
Settings menu.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (41,1)
Infotainment System
7-41
After referring to the Table of
information for settings on the next
page, turn the TUNE dial to move to
the desired Settings menu, and then
press MENU button.
Turn the TUNE dial to attain the
desired set-up value or functioning
state, and then press MENU button.
.
If the relevant detailed list is
made of several items, then
repeat this action.
Set/enter the relevant set-up value
or the functioning state will change.
.
Indicates the detailed list for the
relevant set-up menu or
functioning state.
.
If there is another detailed list
from the relevant detailed list,
you can repeat this action.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-42
Black plate (42,1)
Infotainment System
Table of information for
settings
[Time Date]
[Radio Settings]
Set time: Manually set the hours
and minutes for the current time.
Maximum start-up volume:
Manually set max limit for the
start-up volume.
[Languages]
Select the desired language for
displaying.
Set date: Manually set the current
year/month/date.
Set time format: Select 12h or 24h
time display
Set date format: Set the date is
display format.
YYYY/MM/DD : 2013 May 23
DD/MM/YYYY : 23 May 2013
MM/DD/YYYY : May 23, 2013
RDS clock synchronisation:
Select On or Off
Radio favourites: Manually set
your Favourites page numbers.
RDS options: Set the RDS options.
‐ RDS: On/Off (activate or
deactivate the RDS function).
‐ Regional: On/Off (activate or
deactivate the Regional function).
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (43,1)
Infotainment System
‐ Text scroll freeze: On/Off
(activate or deactivate the Text
scroll freeze function).
[Bluetooth Settings]
7-43
‐ Change bluetooth code:
Manually change/set the
Bluetooth code.
Restore factory settings: Restore
all settings to the default settings.
‐ TA volume: Set the TA volume.
DAB settings (only for Type A):
Set the RDS options.
‐ Auto ensemble linking: On/Off
(activate or deactivate the Auto
ensemble linking function).
‐ Auto linking DAB-FM: On/Off
(activate or deactivate the Auto
linking DAB-FM function).
‐ Dynamic audio adaption: On/
Off (activate or deactivate the
Dynamic audio adaption
function).
Bluetooth: Enter the
Bluetooth menu.
‐ Band selection: Set the Both,
L-band or Band III.
‐ Device list: Select the desired
device and select/connect/
separate or delete.
‐ Activation: Select On or Off.
‐ Pair device: Try pairing a new
Bluetooth device.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-44
Black plate (44,1)
Infotainment System
Phone
(8)
© SEEK¨
.
Bluetooth
Main buttons/dial
The following main buttons and
controls are used to play music files
or use the call functions via a
Bluetooth device.
(9) CD/AUX button
When a Bluetooth device
with a music player function
is connected, press this
button repeatedly to select
Bluetooth audio play mode.
(14) MENU button with TUNE dial
.
Press the button from
Bluetooth phone mode to
display the menu screen.
.
Turn the dial to move to
the menu or set-up
value.
.
(15)
buttons
Press these buttons in
Bluetooth audio play
mode to play the
previous or next track.
Hold down these buttons
to rewind or fast forward,
and release to play at
normal speed.
/ BACK button
.
Cancel the previous item
or return to the
previous menu.
(16) PHONE [5 ]/MUTE [> ]
button
.
Press this button to
activate Bluetooth mode
or make a call.
.
Hold down the button to
turn the mute function on
or off.
Connecting Bluetooth
Registering the Bluetooth device
Register the Bluetooth device to be
connected to the Infotainment
system.
.
Firstly, set up the Bluetooth
device to be connected from the
Bluetooth settings menu to
enable other devices to search
for the Bluetooth device.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (45,1)
Infotainment System
Press the CONFIG button, and use
the MENU button with TUNE dial to
move to Settings → Bluetooth
settings → Bluetooth → Pair device,
and then press the MENU button.
.
Bluetooth devices can be
registered not only by using
CONFIG button, but also by
using Phone menu → Bluetooth
settings → Bluetooth → Add
device.
.
If there already is a Bluetooth
device connected to the
Infotainment system, the
"Bluetooth is busy" message will
appear.
.
Connection standby will be
displayed with a message and a
security code. (The initial value
is 0000, and can be changed
from Settings → Bluetooth
settings → Bluetooth → Change
Bluetooth code item.)
The Infotainment system can be
found by searching the
to-be-connected Bluetooth device.
Enter the security code for the
Infotainment system through the
Bluetooth device.
7-45
Connecting/Deleting/Separating
the Bluetooth Devices
If the registration of device to be
connected to the Infotainment
system is successful, then the
screen will display the information of
the Bluetooth device.
{ Caution
If there is a Bluetooth device
already connected, that device
needs to be disconnected first.
.
.
The Infotainment system can
register up to five Bluetooth
devices.
In some Bluetooth devices, it is
only possible to use it when
"Always connect" item is set.
Firstly, set up the Bluetooth device
to be connected from the Bluetooth
set-up menu to enable other
devices to search for the Bluetooth
device.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-46
Black plate (46,1)
Infotainment System
Press the CONFIG button, and use
the MENU button with TUNE dial, to
move to the Settings → Bluetooth
settings → Bluetooth → Device list,
and then press the MENU button.
You can register by using the MENU
button with TUNE dial, moving to
select the item, moving to delete the
item to delete, and then pressing
the MENU button.
Use the MENU button with TUNE
dial to move from the registered
Bluetooth device to the device to be
connected, and then press the
MENU button.
.
Disconnecting the currently
connected Bluetooth device,
from the Device list screen,
select the connected device,
which will display Disconnect
item, and then press the MENU
button.
Cautions for registering/
connecting Bluetooth
.
When it is not possible to
connect to Bluetooth, delete the
entire device list from the
Bluetooth to be connected, and
try again. If deleting the entire
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (47,1)
Infotainment System
device list does not work, then
remove the battery and
reconnect.
.
If there is a problem after the
Bluetooth device is connected,
use the MENU button with TUNE
dial to carry out the Settings →
Bluetooth settings → Restore
factory settings.
Initialise the device with the
problem caused by an error that
occurred with the connection of
the Bluetooth device and the
Infotainment system.
.
.
Sometimes, Bluetooth can only
be connected through
hands-free or the Bluetooth
audio play functions despite a
stereo headset being connected.
In this case, try and reconnect
the Infotainment system using
the Bluetooth device.
For Bluetooth devices that do
not support stereo headsets, the
Bluetooth audio play function
cannot be used.
.
It is not possible to listen to the
music through the Bluetooth
audio if an iPhone is connected
through a USB connector. This
is because of the unique
specifications of the mobile
phone.
.
7-47
Do not connect the mobile
phone to Bluetooth connection
terminal. An error may occur if it
is connected during the CD/
MP3 and Bluetooth audio
play mode.
Playing Bluetooth audio
Bluetooth audio
How to play Bluetooth audio
.
A mobile phone or Bluetooth
device that supports A2DP
(Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) versions over 1.2 must
be registered and connected to
the product.
.
From the mobile phone or
Bluetooth device, find the
Bluetooth device type to set/
connect the item as a stereo
headset.
A musical note icon [e ] will
appear at the bottom right of the
screen if the stereo headset is
successfully connected.
Press the CD/AUX button
repeatedly to select the connected
Bluetooth audio play mode.
.
If the Bluetooth device is not
connected, then this function
cannot be selected.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-48
Black plate (48,1)
Infotainment System
Activating the mobile phone or
Bluetooth device will play the music
files.
.
The sound played by the
Bluetooth device is delivered
through the Infotainment system.
.
For Bluetooth audio to play, the
music must at least be played
once from the music player
mode of the mobile phone or
Bluetooth device after
connecting as a stereo headset.
After being played at least once,
the music player will
automatically play upon entering
play mode, and it will
automatically stop when the
music player mode ends. If the
mobile phone or Bluetooth
device is not in the waiting
screen mode, some devices may
not automatically play in
Bluetooth audio play mode.
Press the © SEEK¨ buttons to
switch to the previous or next track,
or hold down these buttons to
rewind or fast forward.
.
.
This function only operates with
Bluetooth devices that support
AVRCP (Audio Video Remote
Control Profile) version 1.0 or
above. (Depending on the
Bluetooth device options, some
devices may display AVRCP
being connected for the initial
connection.)
.
It takes some time to transmit
data from the mobile phone to
the Infotainment system.
.
The information about playing
track and track position will not
be displayed on the Infotainment
system screen.
Do not change the track too
quickly when playing Bluetooth
audio.
It takes some time to transmit
data from the mobile phone to
the Infotainment system.
If the mobile phone or Bluetooth
device is not in the waiting
screen mode, it may not
automatically play despite being
carried out from the Bluetooth
audio play mode.
If Bluetooth audio playback is
not functioning, then check to
see if the mobile phone is in the
waiting screen mode.
Cautions for playing Bluetooth
audio
.
Do not change the track too
quickly when playing Bluetooth
audio.
.
Sometimes, sounds may be cut
off during the Bluetooth audio
playback.
The Infotainment system outputs
the audio from the mobile phone
or Bluetooth device as it is
transmitted.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (49,1)
Infotainment System
Bluetooth error messages and
measures
.
Bluetooth deactivated Check if
Bluetooth activation is set-up as
ON. The Bluetooth function can
be used upon turning on
Bluetooth activation.
.
Bluetooth is busy Check if there
are any Bluetooth devices
connected. To connect another
device, disconnect any other
connected devices first, and
then reconnect.
.
.
Device list is full. Check if there
are less than 5 registered
devices. No more than 5 devices
can be registered.
No phone book available
This message will be displayed if
the mobile phone does not
support contacts transmission.
If this message appears after
several attempts, then the
device does not support
contacts transmission.
{ Caution
The message will be displayed
when the transmission of contacts
is supported while information
with a device error is also
transmitted. Update the device
again if this occurs.
.
7-49
Hands-Free Phone
Taking calls
Phone book is empty This
message is displayed if no
phone numbers are stored in the
mobile phone.
This will also be displayed if the
phone log transmission is
supported, but in a way that is
not supported by the
Infotainment system.
When a phone call comes through
the connected Bluetooth mobile
phone, the playing track will be cut
off and the phone will ring with the
relevant information displayed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-50
Black plate (50,1)
Infotainment System
{ Caution
.
It is possible to transfer your
ringtone depending on the mobile
phones. Adjust the ringtone
volume of the mobile phone if the
volume is too low.
To reject a call, press the Hang
up/Mute button on the steering
wheel audio control or select the
Decline by using the MENU
button with TUNE dial.
To talk on the phone, press Call
button on the steering wheel audio
control or turn the TUNE dial to
move to the Answer function, and
then press the MENU button.
.
While conversing, it is possible
to block the transmitted sound
by selecting the Mute
Microphone item by using the
MENU button with TUNE dial.
.
While conversing, hold down the
Call button from the steering
wheel audio control to change to
the private call mode (some
phones may not support the
private call mode depending on
the phone's options).
.
When a call is received with the
Infotainment system and
Bluetooth is being connected,
there are mobile phones that do
not automatically change to the
private call mode. This depends
on the original specifications of
each mobile phone.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (51,1)
Infotainment System
.
.
When it is possible to use
services related to a third-party
conversation supported by the
communications service provider
through an application, it is
possible to make calls during a
call through the Infotainment
system.
To end the a call, press Hang up/
Mute button on the steering wheel
audio control or turn the TUNE dial
to move to the Hang up, and then
press the MENU button.
7-51
Turn the TUNE dial to select Yes or
contacts, and then press the MENU
button or Call [5 ] button to make
a call.
Calling by Re-dial
While third or more-party
conversing, displaying contents
may differ from practical
information.
Ending a call
From the steering wheel audio
control, press the Call [5 ] button to
display the redial guidance screen,
or hold down the button to display
the caller log screen.
.
If the mobile phone is not in
waiting mode, your phone might
not support the redial function.
This depends on the mobile
phone's options.
.
When making redialling a
number, the connected phone
number will not be displayed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-52
.
Black plate (52,1)
Infotainment System
Depending on the mobile phone,
there are cases in which the call
is made through the call history
of the received or missed calls
instead of the redial mode. This
depends on the mobile phone's
options.
.
While conversing on the phone,
hold down the Call [5 ] button
on the steering wheel audio
control to switch to
Private Mode.
Calling by Entering numbers
Turn the TUNE dial to select the
desired letters, and then press the
MENU button to enter the number.
Press the MENU button while the
phone is connected to display the
connecting functions as shown
above.
Use MENU button with TUNE dial to
select the functions in the menu that
appears.
To make a call by entering the
phone number, press the MENU
button and turn the TUNE dial to
select Enter number, and then press
the MENU button.
.
Repeat this item to enter all
telephone numbers.
.
Press the / BACK button to
delete a letter one by one,
or hold down the button to delete
all content that has been
entered.
.
Refer to the following contents to
edit the input contents.
(1) Move: Move input position
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (53,1)
Infotainment System
(2) Delete: Delete input
character
(3) Phone book: Search
contacts (usable after updating
the phone numbers)
(4) Dial: Begin dial
After the telephone number has
been fully entered, turn the TUNE
dial to select begin dial [5 ], and
then press the MENU button to
make a call.
To end a call, turn the TUNE dial to
choose the Hang up menu, and
then press the MENU button.
Using the Phone menu
Phone menu → Phone book →
Search
Press the MENU button, turn the
TUNE dial to select Phone book,
and then press the MENU button.
.
A notification will appear on
screen, with no contacts to use,
and you will be returned to the
previous menu.
Turn the TUNE dial to select
Search, and then press the MENU
button.
7-53
Turn the TUNE dial to select First or
Last name, and then press MENU
button.
Turn the TUNE dial to select search
terms/range, and then press the
MENU button.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-54
Black plate (54,1)
Infotainment System
Phone menu → Phone book →
Update
Turn the TUNE dial from the search
results screen to select the desired
item, and then press the MENU
button to view the details for
that item.
To call the relevant number, press
the MENU button.
.
For more directions, refer to the
making phone calls item.
Update the contacts of the
connected mobile phone to the
system's contacts.
Using the MENU button with TUNE
dial, select the Phone menu →
Phone book → Update, and then
press the MENU button.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (55,1)
Infotainment System
Turn the TUNE dial to select Yes or
No, and then press the MENU
button to activate or cancel update.
Notice for updating contacts
.
.
This function can be used with
mobile phones that support
contacts update and the call
history transmission function. (If
the product is connected to a
mobile phone that does not
support these functions, the call
history can be displayed through
the Infotainment system.)
Update is not supported for more
than 1,000 contact numbers.
.
Be aware that hands-free and
Bluetooth audio playback will be
cut-off while proceeding with
updates for contacts. (Other
functions except for hands-free
and Bluetooth audio playback
can be used.)
.
To update your contacts, it is
possible to request for the
transmission certification for
contacts. If the waiting screen
does not change for a long time,
you can check whether the
mobile is requesting for
certification. When requesting for
certification of the mobile phone,
all Bluetooth connections will be
cut off if it is not accepted, and
then the device will be
reconnected.
.
7-55
When receiving the call history, it
is possible to request for the
transmission certification for the
call history from the mobile
phone. If the waiting screen
does not change for a long time,
check whether the mobile is
requesting for certification.
When requesting for the
certification of the mobile phone,
all Bluetooth connections will be
cut off if it is not accepted, and
then the device will be
reconnected.
.
If there is a problem in the
stored information of the mobile
phone, the contacts may not be
updated.
.
The Infotainment system only
uses information coded in UTF-8
format.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-56
.
Infotainment System
If other operations (game, map
search, navigation, etc.) are
activated during the contacts
update or call history
transmission progress, the
update/ transmission process
may not work.
This is because other operations
running on the mobile phone are
affecting the data transmission.
.
.
Black plate (56,1)
When the contacts update or call
history transmission is
completed, all hands-free and
Bluetooth audio play modes will
be automatically disconnected
and then reconnected.
If the Infotainment system gets
turned off while conversing on
the phone, the call will be
transmitted to the mobile phone.
Some phones may need to
set-up a call transmission
function beforehand, depending
on the type of the phone.
.
If the user disconnects the
connection directly (using the
Infotainment or mobile phone),
the auto connection function
does not take place.
Auto-connection: This function
automatically finds and connects
the device that was last
connected.
.
The contacts may not always
display all the lists on the phone
when selected. The Infotainment
system only displays what has
been transmitted from the mobile
phone.
.
The contacts update can only
receive four numbers per
contacts directory (Mobile
Phone, Office, Home, and
Other).
.
Changing the language set-up
during the contacts update will
delete all previous updates.
.
If the mobile phone is not set
with a waiting screen, calls may
not be made to this Infotainment
system.
.
If the OS of the mobile phone
gets updated, it may change
how the phone's Bluetooth
function works.
.
Special characters and
unsupported languages will be
displayed as "____".
.
Calls registered in the contacts
without any name will be
indicated as "No number in
contact."
.
The Infotainment system will
display contacts, call history, and
redial information as it is
transmitted from the mobile
phone.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (57,1)
Infotainment System
Phone menu → Phone book →
Delete all
7-57
Phone menu → Call lists
Turn the TUNE dial to check the call
history and to make a call.
Check, use, or delete contacts.
Every single phone number that has
been stored in the system contacts
will be deleted.
Use the MENU button with TUNE
dial to select the Phone menu →
Phone book → Delete all, and then
press the MENU button.
Turn the TUNE dial to select Yes or
No, and then press the MENU
button to delete all contacts or to
cancel.
Use the MENU button with TUNE
dial to select the Phone menu →
Call lists, and then press the MENU
button.
Use the TUNE dial to select the
detailed call history, and then press
the MENU button.
Press the MENU button to call the
selected number from the call
history.
.
If the "Please Wait" screen
continues to be displayed for too
long after selecting the call log,
check if the mobile phone is
requesting verification of the
transfer of call numbers. After
completing the mobile phone
verification procedures, the
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-58
Infotainment System
contacts and the call log will be
transmitted to the Infotainment
System.
.
Black plate (58,1)
The call log from the mobile
phone and the log displayed on
Infotainment may be different.
This Infotainment System shows
the information transmitted from
the mobile phone as it is.
Phone menu → Bluetooth settings
Use the MENU button with TUNE
dial to select the Phone menu →
Bluetooth settings, and then press
the MENU button.
.
To activate the Bluetooth function,
register/connect/delete the
Bluetooth device or change the
Bluetooth code, choose Bluetooth
by using the MENU button with
TUNE dial, and then use the MENU
button to set up the desired item.
It is possible the ringtones you
already have are transferred to
the Infotainment System
depending on the mobile phone.
For such mobile phones, it is not
possible to use the selected
ringtone.
.
For mobile phones that transfer
your ringtones, the volume of the
ringtone will be based on the
volume transmitted from the
mobile phone. Adjust the
ringtone volume of the mobile
phone if the volume is too low.
Set-up Bluetooth function.
To set up the Ring tone and its
volume used by the Bluetooth
function, use the MENU button with
TUNE dial to select Sound &
Signals, and then set up the desired
items with the MENU button with
TUNE dial.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (59,1)
Infotainment System
To reinitialise the Bluetooth settings
to their default values, use the
MENU button with TUNE dial to
select the Restore factory settings
item, and then select Yes with the
MENU button.
7-59
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
7-60
Infotainment System
2 NOTES
Black plate (60,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Climate Controls
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Heating and Ventilation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Air Conditioning System . . . . . . 8-5
Climate Control
Systems
Heating and Ventilation
System
Air Vents
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Maintenance
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Controls for:
.
Temperature
.
Air distribution
.
Fan speed
.
Heating
.
Defrosting windscreen
.
Air recirculation
.
Heated rear window = 0
Heated Rear Window on
page 2-16
M
8-1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
8-2
Climate Controls
Adjust the temperature by turning
the knob.
0 : to windscreen and front door
windows, with a small amount of the
air being directed to side air vents.
red: Warm
Fan speed
blue: Cold
Adjust the air flow by switching the
fan to the desired speed.
Temperature
Heating will not be fully effective
until the engine has reached normal
operating temperature.
Air distribution
Select air outlet by turning the
centred knob.
) : Air flow is directed to the
upper body and floor.
6:
to foot well, with a small
amount of the air being directed to
windscreen, front door windows and
side air vents.
Y:
to head area via adjustable air
vents
-:
Black plate (2,1)
to windscreen and foot well,
with a small amount of the air being
directed to front door windows and
side air vents.
Heating
Normal heating
1. Type 1: Move recirculation lever
to the right for the
recirculation mode.
Type 2: Press the recirculation
button for the recirculation mode.
An indicator light comes on to
show that the recirculation is on.
2. Turn air distribution knob.
3. Turn fan control knob to desired
speed.
Maximum heating
Use the maximum heating mode for
quick heating of the
passenger area.
Do not use it for lengthy periods.
It can result in an accident because
the interior air may become stale
and the windows may mist causing
loss of driver's visibility.
To clear the windows:
Type 1: Turn the air distribution
knob to 0 and move the
recirculation lever to the left to allow
fresh air into the vehicle.
Type 2: Turn the air distribution
knob to 0 and set the recirculation
mode to outside air mode to allow
fresh air into the vehicle.
For maximum heating:
1. Type 1: Move recirculation lever
to the right for the
recirculation mode.
Type 2: Press the recirculation
button for the recirculation mode.
An indicator light comes on to
show that the recirculation is on.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Climate Controls
2. Turn temperature control knob
all the way to the red area for
heating.
Defrosting the windscreen
3. Turn fan control knob to
maximum speed.
8-3
1. Type 1: Set the recirculation
mode to outside air mode and
turn the air distribution knob to
DEFROST 0.
Type 2: Turn the air distribution
knob to DEFROST 0, then the
recirculation mode is fixed to
outside air mode automatically.
The air conditioning system
operates but the indicator light is
not changed.
2. Turn temperature control knob to
red area for warm air.
3. Adjust the fan control knob to
highest speed for quick
defrosting.
4. Open side air vents as required
and direct them towards the door
windows.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
8-4
Black plate (4,1)
Climate Controls
Air recirculation system
{ Warning
The difference between the
outside air and the temperature of
the windscreen can cause the
windows to mist up, thereby
restricting your front vision.
Do not use FLOOR/DEFROST
-
or DEFROST 0 in extremely
humid weather when the
temperature control knob is set to
the blue area.
This can lead to an accident
which can damage your vehicle
and cause personal injuries.
The air recirculation mode is
operated with the M lever.
The air recirculation mode is
operated with the M button.
An indicator light comes on to show
that the recirculation is on.
* When operating in DEFROST
mode, recirculation is to be fixed to
outside air mode to provide fast
clear vision condition of windscreen.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Climate Controls
{ Warning
Driving with recirculation mode for
prolonged period of time can
make you sleepy. Periodically turn
to the outside air mode for
fresh air.
The exchange of fresh air is
reduced in air recirculation mode.
In operation without cooling the
air humidity increases, so the
windows may mist up. The quality
of the passenger compartment air
deteriorates, which may cause
the vehicle occupants to feel
drowsy.
Heated rear window
The heated rear window is operated
with the = button.
An indicator light comes on to show
that the feature is on.
Heated rear window 0 Heated Rear
Window on page 2-16.
Air Conditioning System
{ Warning
Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning or heating system
on. It may cause serious harm or
death due to a drop in oxygen
content and/or body temperature.
Type 1
8-5
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
8-6
Black plate (6,1)
Climate Controls
Temperature
Fan speed
Adjust the temperature by turning
the knob.
Adjust the air flow by switching the
fan to the desired speed.
red: warm
Demisting the windscreen
blue: cold
Air distribution
Select air outlet by turning the
centred knob.
\:
[:
to head area and foot well
.
Temperature
to foot well, with a small
amount of the air being directed to
windscreen, front door windows and
side air vents.
.
Air distribution
E:
.
an speed
Type 2
Controls for:
to head area via adjustable air
vents
.
Demisting and Defrosting
.
Air recirculation
.
Cooling
.
Heated rear window
M
#
-:
to windscreen and foot well,
with a small amount of the air being
directed to front door windows and
side air vents.
0 : to windscreen and front door
windows, with a small amount of the
air being directed to side air vents.
Type 1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Climate Controls
8-7
3. Select desired temperature.
4. Adjust the fan control knob to
the desired speed.
Air recirculation system
Type 2
Type 2
1. Type 1: Set the recirculation
mode to outside air mode and
turn the air distribution knob to
DEFROST 0.
Type 2: Turn the air distribution
knob to DEFROST 0, then the
recirculation mode is fixed to
outside air mode automatically.
2. Type 1: Switch on cooling
#.
Type 2: The air conditioning
system operates but the
indicator light is not changed.
The air recirculation mode is
operated with the M button.
Type 1
The air recirculation mode is
operated with the M lever.
An indicator light comes on to show
that the recirculation is on.
* When operating in DEFROST
mode, recirculation is to be fixed to
outside air mode to provide fast
clear vision condition of windscreen.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
8-8
Black plate (8,1)
Climate Controls
{ Warning
Driving with recirculation mode for
prolonged period of time can
make you sleepy. Periodically turn
to the outside air mode for
fresh air.
The exchange of fresh air is
reduced in air recirculation mode.
In operation without cooling the
air humidity increases, so the
windows may mist up. The quality
of the passenger compartment air
deteriorates, which may cause
the vehicle occupants to feel
drowsy.
Cooling
Type 1:
Operated with the # button and is
functional only when the engine and
fan are running.
Type 2:
Operated with the # button and is
functional only when the engine and
fan are running. An indicator light
comes on to show that the air
conditioning is on.
* When operating in Defrost mode,
A/ C switch comes on and is to be
fixed to A/C ON without indicator
status change.
The air conditioning system cools
and dehumidifies (dries) as soon as
outside temperature is a little above
the freezing point. Therefore
condensation may form and drip
from under the vehicle.
If no cooling or drying is required,
switch off the cooling system to
save fuel.
To turn off the air conditioning
system, turn the fan knob to 0.
{ Caution
Use only correct refrigerant
{ Warning
Climate control systems have to
be serviced exclusively by
qualified personnel. Improper
service methods may cause
personal injury.
Normal cooling
1. Operate the air conditioning
system.
The air conditioning will not operate
when the fan control knob is in the
off position.
2. Turn temperature control knob to
blue area for cooling.
Even though the air-conditioning is
turned on, the vehicle will produce
warm air if the temperature knob is
set to the red area.
4. Adjust the fan control knob to
the desired speed.
3. Turn the air distribution knob.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
Climate Controls
Maximum cooling
8-9
To achieve maximum cooling during
hot weather and when your vehicle
has been exposed to the sun for a
long time:
Air Vents
1. Operate the air conditioning
system.
At least one air vent must be open
while cooling is on in order to
prevent the evaporator from icing up
due to lack of air movement.
2. Type 1: Move recirculation lever
to the right for the
recirculation mode.
Adjustable Air Vents
Type 2: Press the recirculation
button for the recirculation mode.
Type 1
3. Turn temperature control knob
all the way to the blue area for
cooling.
4. Turn fan control knob to highest
speed.
The central vent is not closed
completely.
Direct the flow of air by tilting and
swivelling the slats.
Type 2
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
8-10
Black plate (10,1)
Climate Controls
If you do not want the flow, turn the
knob clockwise.
{ Warning
Do not attach any objects to the
slats of the air vents. Risk of
damage and injury in case of an
accident.
Fixed Air Vents
Additional air vents are located
beneath the windscreen and front
door windows and in the foot wells.
Turn the knob anticlockwise to open
the side vents, and rotate it to the
direction you want.
Maintenance
Air Intake
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (11,1)
Climate Controls
8-11
Filter replacement:
1. Remove the glovebox.
To remove the glovebox, open
and pull it up on each side.
The air intake in front of the
windscreen in the engine
compartment must be kept clear to
allow air intake. Remove any
leaves, dirt or snow.
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
Passenger compartment air
filter
The filter cleans dust, soot, pollen
and spores from the air entering the
vehicle through the air intake.
2. Remove the filter cover by
pulling up the cover.
3. Replace the passenger
compartment air filter.
4. Assemble the filter cover and
glovebox in reverse order
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
8-12
Black plate (12,1)
Climate Controls
Note: We recommend that you
consult your authorised workshop to
replace the filter.
{ Caution
More frequent maintenance of the
passenger compartment air filter
is required if the driving
circumstances are dusty roads,
air pollution areas, and frequent
unpaved roads.
The filter efficiency is decreased
and the bronchus is badly
affected.The filter efficiency is
decreased and the bronchus is
badly affected.
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation
In order to ensure continuously
efficient performance, cooling must
be operated for a few minutes once
a month, irrespective of the weather
and time of year. Operation with
cooling is not possible when outside
temperature is low.
Service
For optimal cooling performance, it
is recommended to annually check
the climate control system:
.
Functionality and pressure test
.
Heating functionality
.
Leakage check
.
Check of drive belts
.
Cleaning of condenser and
evaporator drainage
.
Performance check
{ Caution
Use only correct refrigerant
{ Warning
Climate control systems have to
be serviced exclusively by
qualified personnel. Improper
service methods may cause
personal injury.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Driving and Operating
Driving and
Operating
Brakes
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-12
Driving Information
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-2
9-2
9-3
9-3
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Object Detection Systems
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Fuel
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . .
Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interruption of Power
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ride Control Systems
9-4
9-5
9-8
9-8
Manual Gearbox
Manual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Fuel for Petrol Engines . . . . . . 9-16
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
Fuel Consumption CO2-Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
9-1
Driving Information
Control of a Vehicle
Never coast with engine not
running
Many systems will not function in
this situation (e.g. brake servo unit,
power steering). Driving in this
manner is a danger to yourself and
others.
Pedals
To ensure the pedal travel is
uninhibited, there must be no mats
in the area of the pedals.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-2
Driving and Operating
Starting and
Operating
Ignition Positions
Use the following precautions for
the first few hundred kilometres
(miles) to improve the performance
and economy of your vehicle and
add to its long life:
.
Avoid full-throttle starts.
.
Do not race the engine.
.
Avoid hard stops except in
emergencies. This will allow
your brakes to bed in properly.
Avoid quick starts, sudden
accelerations, and prolonged
high-speed driving in order to
avoid damage to the engine and
to conserve fuel.
.
Avoid full-throttle acceleration in
low gear.
.
Do not tow any other vehicle.
Danger (Continued)
Vehicle and brake assistance
would not operate, causing
vehicle damage, personal injury
or possibly death.
New Vehicle Run-In
.
Black plate (2,1)
{ Caution
Do not leave the key in 1 or 2
position for extended periods
while the engine is not running.
0 (LOCK) = Ignition off
1 (ACC) = Ignition off, steering
wheel lock released
2 (ON) = Ignition on
3 (START) = Starting
{ Danger
Do not turn the key to 0 or 1
position while driving.
(Continued)
This will discharge the battery.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Driving and Operating
Starting the Engine
.
Starting engine with the
ignition switch
Turn the key to position 3,
depressing the clutch pedal and
footbrake then release when
engine is running.
Depress the foot brake at the
same time to reduce operating
force.
.
Switch off the engine and
ignition. Turn the steering wheel
until the steering wheel lock
engages.
.
If the vehicle is on a level
surface or uphill slope, engage
first gear before switching off the
ignition. On an uphill slope, turn
the front wheels away from
the kerb.
Before restarting or to switch off the
engine, turn key back to 0.
{ Caution
Do not operate starter motor for
more than 10 seconds at a time.
If the engine does not start, wait
10 seconds before trying again.
If the vehicle is on a downhill
slope, engage reverse gear
before switching off the ignition.
Turn the front wheels towards
the kerb.
This will prevent starter motor
damage.
.
Turn the key to position 1, move
the steering wheel slightly to
release the steering wheel lock
.
Manual gearbox: operate clutch.
.
Automatic transmission: Move
gear lever to P or N.
.
Do not operate accelerator
pedal.
Parking
.
Do not park the vehicle on an
easily ignitable surface. The high
temperature of the exhaust
system could ignite the surface.
.
Always apply parking brake
without pressing release button.
Apply as firmly as possible on
downhill or uphill slopes.
9-3
.
Lock the vehicle and activate the
anti-theft alarm system.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-4
Black plate (4,1)
Driving and Operating
Engine Exhaust
{ Danger
Engine exhaust gases contain
poisonous carbon monoxide,
which is colourless and odourless
and could be fatal if inhaled.
If exhaust gases enter the interior
of the vehicle, open the windows.
Have the cause of the fault
rectified by a workshop.
Avoid driving with an open load
compartment, otherwise exhaust
gases could enter the vehicle.
Catalytic Converter
The catalytic converter reduces the
amount of harmful substances in the
exhaust gas.
{ Caution
Fuel grades other than those
listed on pages 0 Fuel for
Petrol Engines on page 9-16, 0
Engine Data on page 12-3 could
damage the catalytic converter or
electronic components.
Automatic
Transmission
The automatic transmission is an
electronically controlled four-speed
transmission.
Fourth gear is overdrive.
Starting the vehicle
Unburnt petrol will overheat and
damage the catalytic converter.
Therefore avoid excessive use of
the starter, running the fuel tank
dry and starting the engine by
pushing or towing.
1. After warming up the engine,
continue to press the brake
pedal while shifting the selector
lever to either the R, D, 2 or 1
position.
In the event of misfiring, uneven
engine running, a reduction in
engine performance or other
unusual problems, have the cause
of the fault rectified by a workshop
as soon as possible. In an
emergency, driving can be
continued for a short period,
keeping vehicle speed and engine
speed low.
Do not shift between D (Drive)
and R (Reverse) or P (Park) while
the vehicle is moving. This will
cause damage to your
transmission and personal injury.
{ Caution
2. Release the parking brake and
the brake pedal.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Driving and Operating
3. Slowly press the accelerator
pedal to set the vehicle in
motion.
Selector Lever
D: This drive position is for all
normal driving conditions. Allows
the transmission to shift into all four
forward gears. Fourth gear is
overdrive which reduces engine
speed and noise level while
increasing fuel economy.
2: Allows the transmission to shift
from 1st to 2nd gear and prevents
automatic shifting into 3rd or
4th gear.
Select drive range 2 for more power
when climbing hills and for engine
braking when driving down steep
hills.
1: This position locks the
transmission in first gear.
P (PARK): Locks the front wheels.
Select P only when the vehicle is
stationary and the parking brake is
applied.
R (REVERSE): Select R only when
the vehicle is stationary.
N (NEUTRAL): Neutral gear
position.
Select 1 for maximum engine
braking when driving down severe
gradients.
{ Caution
Do not accelerate while engaging
a gear.
(Continued)
9-5
Caution (Continued)
Never depress the accelerator
pedal and brake pedal at the
same time.
When a gear is engaged, the
vehicle slowly begins to creep
when the brake is released.
Do not use the P (Park) position
in place of the parking brake.
Turn off the engine, apply the
parking brake, and remove the
ignition key when leaving the
vehicle.
Never leave the vehicle
unattended while the engine is
running.
Shifting between gear
positions
Movement between certain gear
positions requires pressing the
release button on the side of the
selector lever.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-6
Black plate (6,1)
Driving and Operating
Follow the descriptions as indicated
by the arrows when shifting the
selector lever.
Push the release button to shift.
Arrows indicate shifts that do not
require you to push the release
button.
Depress the brake pedal and push
release button to shift.
Shifts that require you to push the
release button are indicated by
arrows.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
When stopping the vehicle on an
uphill gradient, do not hold the
vehicle in place by pressing the
accelerator pedal. Use the foot
brake.
Shift freely.
{ Warning
To help prevent damage to the
transmission, observe the
following precautions:
Do not press the accelerator
pedal while shifting from P or N to
R, D, 2 or 1.
To do so may not only damage
the transmission, but could cause
you to lose control of the vehicle.
Press the brake pedal when
shifting from P or N to R or a
forward gear.
Otherwise transmission could be
damaged or vehicle could move
unexpectedly, causing driver to
lose control of the vehicle,
resulting in personal injury or
damage to the vehicle or other
property.
Use D as much as possible.
Engine braking
Never shift to P or R while the
vehicle is in motion.
(Continued)
To help use the braking effect of
engine compression when driving
on a long downhill:
For automatic transmission, select
the drive range "2" or "1" if
necessary.
9-7
Engine braking is the most effective
in drive range "1". If drive range "1"
is selected at too high speed, the
transmission remains in current gear
until the vehicle slows down.
Select drive range "2" for ordinary
engine braking effect. For even
greater slowing ability, select "1".
Note: Use of engine compression
during long mountainous descents
may prolong the life of your brakes.
Rocking the vehicle
Rocking the vehicle is only
permissible if the vehicle is stuck in
sand, mud or snow.
Move the gear lever between D and
R in a repeat pattern.
Do not race the engine and avoid
sudden acceleration.
Parking
After stopping the vehicle by
pressing the brake pedal, engage P
and pull the lever up firmly and then
remove ignition key.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-8
Black plate (8,1)
Driving and Operating
Kickdown
Overdrive off
Fault
In the event of a fault, the
malfunction indicator light or
automatic transmission warning light
illuminates. The transmission no
longer shifts automatically nor
manually because it is locked in a
certain gear.
Have the cause of the fault
remedied by a workshop.
For faster acceleration press the
accelerator pedal all the way down
and hold. The transmission shifts to
a lower gear depending on the
engine speed.
The fourth gear of your automatic
transmission is an overdrive.
To cancel the overdrive function,
press the overdrive button, and the
O/ D OFF indicator in the warning
tell-tale box will be ON.
The O/D OFF function can be used
when undesirable shifting to fourth
gear happens such as on a long
uphill gradient.
Note: In normal driving conditions,
drive with the overdrive function
activated for fuel economy.
Interruption of Power
Supply
In the event of an interruption of
power supply, the gear lever cannot
be moved out of the P position.
If the battery is discharged, start the
vehicle using jump leads.
If the battery is not the cause of the
fault, release gear lever and remove
ignition key from ignition lock.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
Driving and Operating
Release gear lever
9-9
Manual Gearbox
Your vehicle has a BrakeTransmission Shift Interlock (BTSI)
system. Before shifting from
park (P), the ignition must be ON
and you must depress the brake
pedal all the way down. If you
cannot shift out of P with the ignition
ON and the brake pedal depressed:
1. Turn the ignition off
2. Depress and hold the brake
pedal and pull the handbrake up.
4. Insert a screwdriver into the
opening as far as it will go and
move the selector lever out of P.
Start the engine and shift into
the gear you want.
If P is engaged again, the
selector lever will be locked in
position again.
5. Close cover.
6. Have your vehicle repaired as
soon as possible.
3. Open cover.
If the gear does not engage, set the
lever in neutral, release the clutch
pedal and depress again; then
repeat gear selection.
Do not ride the clutch unnecessarily.
When operating, depress the clutch
pedal completely. Do not use the
pedal as a foot rest.
{ Caution
It is not advisable to drive with the
hand resting on the selector lever.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-10
Black plate (10,1)
Driving and Operating
Engine braking
Brakes
For manual gearbox, downshift to a
lower gear in a sequential order.
The brake system comprises two
independent brake circuits.
{ Warning
Do not downshift your manual
gearbox by two or more gear
positions at a time.
This prevents damage to your
transmission or loss of control
and personal injuries.
Note: Use of engine compression
during long mountainous descents
may prolong the life of your brakes.
Caution (Continued)
If a brake circuit fails, the vehicle
can still be braked using the other
brake circuit. However, braking
effect is achieved only when the
brake pedal is depressed firmly.
Considerably more force is needed
for this. The braking distance is
extended. Seek the assistance of a
workshop before continuing your
journey.
{ Caution
If one of the circuits fails, the
brake pedal must be pressed with
greater pressure and the braking
distance may be increased. Have
the brake system checked and
repaired by a workshop
immediately. We recommend that
you consult your authorised
workshop.
(Continued)
If the brake pedal can be pressed
further than normal, the brakes
may be in need of repair.
Consult a workshop immediately.
We recommend that you consult
your authorised workshop.
{ Caution
Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. To do so will
accelerate wear of the brake
components. The brakes may
also become overheated,
resulting in longer braking
distance and an unsafe condition.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (11,1)
Driving and Operating
{ Warning
Warning (Continued)
After driving through deep water,
washing the vehicle, or using the
brakes excessively when going
down a steep hill, the brakes can
temporarily lose their stopping
power. This may be due to wet
brake components or
overheating.
2. Keep a safe forward speed
with plenty of space to your
rear and sides.
If your brakes temporarily lose
their stopping power because of
overheating: Shift to a lower gear
when going down hills. Do not
continuously apply the brakes.
If your brakes temporarily lose
their power because of wet brake
components, the following
procedure will help restore their
normal performance:
1. Check behind you for other
vehicles.
(Continued)
3. Gently apply the brakes until
normal performance is
restored.
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
prevents the wheels from locking.
ABS starts to regulate brake
pressure as soon as a wheel shows
a tendency to lock. The vehicle
remains steerable, even during hard
braking.
ABS control is made apparent
through a pulse in the brake pedal
and the noise of the regulation
process.
For optimum braking, keep the
brake pedal fully depressed
throughout the braking process,
9-11
despite the fact that the pedal is
pulsating. Do not reduce the
pressure on the pedal.
Do not decrease your power when
pressing the brake pedal.
When you start the vehicle after the
ignition is switched on, a
mechanical sound can be heard
once. This is normal and shows that
the ABS is ready to operate.
Control indicator ! 0 Antilock
Brake System (ABS) on page 9-11.
Fault
{ Warning
If there is a fault in the ABS, the
wheels may be liable to lock due
to braking that is heavier than
normal. The advantages of ABS
are no longer available. During
hard braking, the vehicle can no
longer be steered and may
swerve.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-12
Black plate (12,1)
Driving and Operating
Brake Assist
Have the cause of the fault
remedied by a workshop.
If the brake pedal is depressed
quickly and forcefully, maximum
brake force is automatically applied
(full braking).
Parking Brake
Maintain continuous pressure on the
brake pedal for as long as full
braking is required. Maximum brake
force is automatically reduced when
the brake pedal is released.
Always apply parking brake firmly
without operating the release button,
and apply as firmly as possible on a
downhill or uphill slope.
To release the parking brake, pull
the lever up slightly, press the
release button and fully lower the
lever.
To reduce the operating forces of
the parking brake, depress the foot
brake at the same time.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (13,1)
Driving and Operating
Ride Control Systems
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
improves driving stability when
necessary, regardless of the type of
road surface or tyre grip. It also
prevents the driving wheels from
spinning.
As soon as the vehicle starts to
swerve (understeer/oversteer), the
engine output is reduced and the
wheels are braked individually. This
considerably improves the driving
stability of the vehicle on slippery
road surfaces.
ESC is operational as soon as the
control indicator d extinguishes.
When ESC is active
d flashes.
{ Warning
Do not let this special safety
feature tempt you into taking risks
when driving.
Adapt speed to the road
conditions.
Control indicator d 0 Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) Indicator
Light on page 5-18
Deactivation
9-13
For very high-performance driving
ESC can be deactivated by pressing
the a button.
Control indicator
g illuminates.
ESC is reactivated by pressing the
g button again.
ESC is also reactivated the next
time the ignition is switched on.
When the ESC system is actively
improving the stability of the vehicle,
reduce speed and pay extra
attention to the road condition. The
ESC system is only a
supplementary device for the
vehicle. When the vehicle exceeds
its physical limits, it can no longer
be controlled. Therefore do not rely
on this system. Keep driving safely.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-14
Black plate (14,1)
Driving and Operating
Object Detection
Systems
This system is deactivated when the
vehicle's speed is greater than
approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
Parking Assist
If the alarm sounds when shifting
the gear to R position, this indicates
normal condition.
At this time, you can figure out the
distance between your vehicle and
obstacles with the alarming sound.
However, do not confuse with the
sound that continues when the
obstacles are within 40 cm
(16 inches).
{ Caution
The parking assist system assists
the driver during backward
movement of the vehicle by chiming
if any object is sensed behind the
vehicle.
This system can be turned on
automatically whenever the ignition
switch is ON and the transaxle's
selector lever is in R.
If the following happens, this
indicates that there is a
malfunction in the parking assist
system. The alarm sounds 3
times continuously when there
are no obstacles around the rear
bumper. Consult a workshop as
soon as possible. We recommend
your authorised workshop.
Alarm and sensing
distance
Alarm
1st Alarm
approx. 0.8~1.5 m
(30~60 inches) from
the rear bumper
–beep–
beep–
2nd Alarm
approx. within 80 cm
(60 inches) from the
rear bumper
–beep
beep
beep
beep
3rd Alarm
approx. 20~40 cm
(8~16 inches) from the
rear bumper
Alarm
stays on
{ Caution
The parking assist system should
only be considered as a
supplementary function. The
driver must check the rear.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (15,1)
Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
The audible warning signal can
be different depending on the
objects.
The audible warning signal might
not activate in case the sensor is
frozen or stained with dirt or mud.
Do not push or scratch the
surface of the sensor. This will
likely damage the covering.
There is a chance of malfunction
of the parking assist system when
driving on uneven surfaces such
as woods, gravel roads, jagged
roads or slopes.
The parking assist system might
not recognise sharp objects, thick
winter clothes or other thick and
soft materials could absorb the
frequency.
{ Caution
When receiving other ultrasonic
signals (metal sound or air
braking noises from heavy
commercial vehicles), the parking
assist system may not work
properly.
Clean dirty sensors with a soft
sponge and clean water.
Such objects may not be detected
by the system at very close range
(approximately 25 cm) and
distance within approximately 1m.
You should continue to keep
watching the mirrors or turning
your head backwards. Normal
precautions when reversing
should be maintained. Do not
press or shock the sensors by
hitting or high-pressure water gun
while washing, or the sensors will
be damaged.
9-15
{ Caution
The upper portion of the vehicle
can be hit before sensor
operation, so check with outside
rearview mirrors or by turning
your head during parking.
The parking assist system will be
operated correctly on vertically
flat surfaces.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-16
Black plate (16,1)
Driving and Operating
Fuel
Fuel for Petrol Engines
Only use unleaded fuel that
complies with EN 228.
Usage of fuel with quality, not
complying to the Technical
Regulations in effect (Decree № 118
of 27.02.2008 with amendments of
30.12.2008 № 1076) can lead to
engine damage and loss of all
warranty obligations.
Equivalent standardised fuels with
an ethanol content of max. 10% by
volume may be used.
Use fuel with the recommended
octane rating 0 Engine Data on
page 12-3. Use of fuel with too low
an octane rating can reduce engine
power and torque and slightly
increases fuel consumption.
{ Caution
Filling the Tank
Use of fuel that does not comply
to EN 228 or E DIN 51626-1 or
equivalent can lead to deposits or
engine damage and may affect
your warranty.
{ Caution
Use of fuel with too low an octane
rating could lead to uncontrolled
combustion and engine damage.
{ Caution
If you use inappropriate grade
fuel or put incorrect fuel additives
into the fuel tank, the engine and
catalytic converter may be
seriously damaged.
Be sure to use the correct fuel
(petrol or diesel) corresponding to
your vehicle when refuelling.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (17,1)
Driving and Operating
Caution (Continued)
If you fill Diesel in your petrol
powered vehicle, your vehicle can
be seriously damaged.
For safety reasons, fuel
containers, pumps and hoses
must be properly earthed. Static
electricity can ignite the petrol
vapour. You can be burned and
your vehicle damaged.
{ Danger
Before refuelling, switch off
engine and any external heaters
with combustion chambers.
Switch off any mobile phones.
Electromagnetic waves or
currency of mobile phones could
ignite fuel vapours.
(Continued)
Danger (Continued)
Fuel is flammable and explosive.
No smoking. No naked flames or
sparks. Follow the operating and
safety instructions of the filling
station when refuelling.
Remove static electricity on your
hands by touching something
able to release static electricity
when touching or opening fuel
cap or refuelling nozzle.
Don't do any actions generating
static electricity like getting on
and off vehicle when refuelling.
Static electricity could ignite fuel
vapours.
If you can smell fuel in your
vehicle, have the cause of this
remedied immediately by a
workshop.
1. Stop the engine.
9-17
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-18
Black plate (18,1)
Driving and Operating
2. Pull up the fuel filler door release
lever located on the floor, left
front side of driver's seat.
5. After refuelling, replace cap.
Turn it clockwise until you hear
several clicks.
The fuel consumption (combined)
for the Spark model is within a
range of 49 to 37 mpg.
Pull up the fuel filler door release
lever located on the floor, right
front side of driver's seat.
6. Push the fuel filler door closed
until it latches.
The CO2 emission (combined) is
within a range of 113 to 119 g/km.
Note: If, in cold weather, the fuel
filler door does not open, tap the
door lightly. Then try to open it
again.
The CO2 emission (combined) is
within a range of 129 to 149 g/km.
3. Turn the fuel filler cap
anticlockwise slowly. If a hissing
sound is heard, wait for it to stop
before completely unscrewing
the cap. The fuel filler door is in
the right rear quarter panel.
{ Caution
Wipe off any overflowing fuel
immediately.
Fuel Consumption CO2-Emissions
The fuel consumption (combined)
for the Spark model is within a
range of 4.8 to 6.3 l/100km.
The fuel consumption (combined)
for the Spark model is within a
range of 5.4 to 6.3 l/100 km.
4. Remove the cap. The cap is
tethered to the vehicle.
For the values specific for your
vehicle, refer to the EEC Certificate
of Conformity provided with your
vehicle or other national registration
documents.
General information
The official fuel consumption and
specific CO2 emission figures
quoted relate to the EU base model
with standard equipment.
Fuel consumption data and CO2
emission data are determined
according to regulation R (EC) No.
715/2007 (in the version
respectively applicable), taking into
consideration the vehicle weight in
running order, as specified by the
regulation.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (19,1)
Driving and Operating
The figures are provided only for the
purpose of comparison between
different vehicle variants and must
not be taken as a guarantee for the
actual fuel consumption of a
particular vehicle. Additional
equipment may result in slightly
higher results than the stated
consumption and CO2 figures.
Furthermore, fuel consumption is
dependent on personal driving style
as well as road and traffic
conditions.
9-19
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
9-20
Driving and Operating
2 NOTES
Black plate (20,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (1,1)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Care
General Information
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
End-of-Life Vehicle
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-12
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . 10-14
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Wiper Blade
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . 10-22
Centre High-Mounted Brake
lamp (CHMBL) . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Number Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . 10-23
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Electrical System
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Vehicle Tools
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Wheels and Tyres
Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . .
Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre Designations . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10-30
10-30
10-30
10-31
10-32
10-1
Tyre Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
Tread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Tyre Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Different Size Tyres and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Wheel Alignment and Tyre
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-39
Tyre Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Tyre Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Compact Spare Tyre . . . . . . . 10-46
Full-Size Spare Tyre . . . . . . . . 10-47
Jump Starting
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Towing Another Vehicle . . . . . 10-52
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-2
Black plate (2,1)
Vehicle Care
General Information
Accessories and
Modifications
We recommend to use genuine
Parts and Accessories and factory
approved parts specific for your
vehicle type. We cannot assess or
guarantee reliability of other
products - even if they have a
regulatory or otherwise granted
approval.
Do not make any modifications to
the electrical system, e.g. changes
of electronic control units (chip
tuning).
{ Caution
Never modify your vehicle. It may
affect the performance, durability
and safety of the vehicle and the
warrant may not cover any
problems caused by the
modification.
Vehicle Storage
Storage for a long period
of time
.
Do not apply the parking brake.
.
Open bonnet, close all doors
and lock the vehicle.
.
Disconnect the clamp from the
negative terminal of the vehicle
battery. Beware that all systems
are not functional, e.g. anti-theft
alarm system.
.
Close the bonnet.
Following must be done if the
vehicle should be stored for several
months:
.
Wash and wax the vehicle.
.
Have the wax in the engine
compartment and underbody
checked.
.
Fill up fuel tank completely.
.
Clean and preserve rubber
seals.
.
Change engine oil.
.
Drain washer fluid reservoir.
.
Check coolant antifreeze and
corrosion protection.
.
.
Adjust tyre pressure to the value
specified for full load.
Park vehicle in dry, well
ventilated place. Engage first or
reverse gear. Prevent the
vehicle from rolling.
Putting back into operation
When the vehicle is to be put back
into operation:
.
Connect the clamp to the
negative terminal of the vehicle
battery. Activate the electronics
of the power windows.
.
Check tyre pressure.
.
Fill up the washer fluid reservoir.
.
Check the engine oil level.
.
Check the coolant level.
.
Fit the number plate if
necessary.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (3,1)
Vehicle Care
End-of-Life Vehicle
Recovery
Information on end-of-life vehicle
recovery centres and the recycling
of end-of-life vehicles is available on
our website. Only entrust this work
to an authorised recycling centre.
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{ Danger
The ignition system uses
extremely high voltage. Do not
touch.
Bonnet
Opening
Type 1
{ Warning
Only perform engine compartment
checks when the ignition is off.
The cooling fan may start
operating even if the ignition
is off.
10-3
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-4
Type 2
Black plate (4,1)
Vehicle Care
1. Pull the release lever and return
it to its original position.
2. Push the safety catch up and
open the bonnet.
{ Warning
Only touch the foam padding of
the bonnet support rod handle
when the engine is hot.
3. Pull up the support rod lightly
from the holder. And then secure
it at the left side hook of the
engine compartment.
Closing
Before closing the bonnet, press the
support into the holder.
Lower the bonnet and allow it to
drop into the catch. Check that the
bonnet is engaged.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (5,1)
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Always observe the following
precautions: Pull on the front
edge of the bonnet to make sure
it is latched securely before you
drive your vehicle.
Do not pull the bonnet release
handle while your vehicle is
moving.
Do not move your vehicle with the
bonnet open. An open bonnet will
obscure the driver's vision.
Operating your vehicle with the
bonnet open can lead to a
collision resulting in damage to
your vehicle, to other property,
personal injury or even death.
10-5
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-6
Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview (Petrol engine)
Black plate (6,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (7,1)
Vehicle Care
10-7
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-8
Vehicle Care
Black plate (8,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (9,1)
Vehicle Care
1. Engine coolant container
2. Engine oil cap
3. Brake fluid container
4. Battery
5. Fuse block
10-9
Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean,
insert it to the stop on the handle,
pull out and read the engine oil
level.
Insert dipstick to the stop on the
handle and make half a turn.
6. Engine air filter
7. Dipstick for engine oil level
8. Washer fluid container
9. Power steering fluid container
We recommend the use of the same
grade of engine oil that was used at
last change.
10. Automatic gearbox fluid level
dipstick
The engine oil level must not
exceed the MAX mark on the
dipstick.
Engine Oil
It is advisable to check the engine
oil level manually before embarking
on a long journey.
Check with the vehicle on a level
surface. The engine must be at
operating temperature and switched
off for at least 5 minutes.
When the engine oil level has
dropped to the MIN mark, top up
engine oil.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-10
Black plate (10,1)
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Engine oil is an irritant and,
if ingested, can cause illness or
death.
Keep out of reach of children.
The engine oil filler cap is located
on the camshaft cover.
{ Caution
Overfilled engine oil must be
drained or suctioned out.
Capacities and Viscosity 0
Capacities and Specifications on
page 12-8 0 Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants on page 11-7.
The fluid level must be checked with
the engine running and the selector
lever in P (Park). The vehicle must
be up to normal operating
temperature and parked on level
ground.
Avoid repeated or prolonged
contact with skin.
The normal operating temperature
for the fluid (70°C ~ 80°C) will be
reached after driving.
Wash exposed areas with soap
and water or hand cleaner.
Checking automatic gearbox
fluid level
Be very careful when draining the
engine oil as it may be hot
enough to burn you!
If the fluid is contaminated or
discoloured after inspection, change
the automatic gearbox fluid. Use
only the fluid specified in the fluid
chart in this manual.
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
To ensure proper functioning,
efficiency, and durability of the
automatic transmission, be sure to
keep the gearbox fluid at the proper
level. Too much or too little fluid can
cause problems.
Decrease in the fluid level indicates
a leak in the automatic
transmission. If noted, consult a
workshop to repair the problem as
soon as possible. We recommend
your authorised workshop.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (11,1)
Vehicle Care
{ Caution
Take care not to let dirt or foreign
materials contaminate the
gearbox fluid.
Contaminated fluid can cause a
severe malfunction of the
automatic transmission, leading to
costly repairs.
2. Warm up until the temperature of
the automatic gearbox fluid
reaches approximately 70°C ~
80°C.
3. Move the selector lever from "P"
to "1" and return to "P". Wait a
few seconds at each selected
position until the selected gears
are fully engaged.
4. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it
clean.
5. Re-insert the dipstick completely.
At this time, it should not contact
with any other parts.
6. Pull the dipstick out again.
7. Check the oil on the dipstick to
make sure it is not
contaminated.
{ Caution
1. Start the engine.
10-11
Re-insert the dipstick completely.
At this time, it should not contact
with any other parts.
8. Check the oil level. Oil should be
between MIN and MAX mark on
the dipstick as shown in the
illustration.
9. If the oil level is below MIN, add
enough ATF to raise the oil level
to MAX. Do not fill over
MAX mark.
{ Caution
Too much fluid will decrease
vehicle performance.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-12
Black plate (12,1)
Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
3. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
{ Caution
Do not overfill the automatic
gearbox fluid.
The engine needs clean air to
operate properly.
This can damage the
transmission.
Do not operate your vehicle
without the air filter element
installed.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Driving without the air filter
element properly installed can
damage your engine.
Engine Coolant
Type 2
1. Remove the screws and lift off
the cover.
2. Inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter.
Type 1
1. Loosen the air filter cover
attaching clips and open the
cover.
2. Replace the air filter.
3. Put the cover back on tightly and
tighten the screws.
In countries with moderate climate
the coolant provides freeze
protection down to approx. -35 °C.
In countries with cold climate the
coolant provides freeze protection
down to approx. -50 °C.
Maintain a sufficient concentration
of anti-freeze.
{ Caution
Only use approved anti-freeze.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (13,1)
Vehicle Care
Coolant level
{ Caution
Too low a coolant level can cause
engine damage.
{ Warning
Allow the engine to cool before
opening the cap. Carefully open
the cap, relieving the pressure
slowly.
Fill up with a mixture of
demineralised water and anti-freeze
approved for the vehicle. Install the
cap tightly. Have the anti-freeze
concentration checked and have the
cause of the coolant loss remedied
by a workshop.
If the cooling system is cold, the
coolant level should be above the
filling line mark. Top up if the level
is low.
10-13
{ Caution
Plain water or the wrong mixture
can damage the cooling system.
Do not use plain water, alcohol or
methanol anti-freeze in coolant
system.
The engine may overheat or even
catch fire.
{ Caution
Note: If the coolant level falls below
the line mark, refill the radiator with
50/50 mix of de-mineralised water
and phosphate anti-freeze.
Coolant can be hazardous
material.
In order to protect your vehicle in
extremely cold weather, use a mix
of 40 percent water and 60 percent
anti-freeze.
Clean your skin and nails with
soap and water after coming in
contact with coolant.
Avoid repeated or prolonged
contact with coolant.
Keep out of reach of children.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-14
Black plate (14,1)
Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
Power Steering Fluid
Coolant can irritate the skin and
can cause illness or death if
swallowed.
not work properly. Do not allow
contaminates to contact the fluid
side of the reservoir cap/dipstick
or from entering the reservoir.
{ Caution
{ Caution
It is not needed to add coolant
more frequently than the
recommended interval.
If you are adding coolant often,
this may be a sign that your
engine needs maintenance.
We recommend that you consult
your authorised workshop.
Caution (Continued)
Do not operate vehicle without
the required amount of power
steering fluid.
Open the cap and remove it.
The power steering fluid level must
be between the MIN and the MAX
marks.
Fill up if the level is low.
{ Caution
Extremely small amounts of
contamination can cause steering
system damage and cause it to
(Continued)
To do so can damage the power
steering system of your vehicle,
leading to costly repairs.
{ Warning
An overflow of the fluid may
cause the fluid to burn or
discolour paintwork.
Do not overfill the reservoir.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (15,1)
Vehicle Care
{ Caution
Warning (Continued)
An engine fire can cause
personal injuries and damage
your vehicle and other property.
Washer Fluid
Fill with clean water mixed with a
suitable quantity of washer fluid
which contains antifreeze. For the
correct mixing ratio refer to the
washer fluid container.
Only washer fluid with a sufficient
antifreeze concentration provides
protection at low temperatures or
a sudden drop in temperature.
To refill windscreen washer fluid
reservoir:
.
Use only commercially available
ready-to-use washer fluid for that
purpose.
.
Do not use tap water. Minerals
present in tap water may plug
the windscreen washer lines.
.
If air temperature is likely to go
below the freezing point, use
washer fluid which has sufficient
anti-freezing property.
10-15
Brake Fluid
{ Warning
Brake fluid is poisonous and
corrosive. Avoid contact with
eyes, skin, fabrics and painted
surfaces.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-16
Black plate (16,1)
Vehicle Care
{ Caution
Make sure you thoroughly clean
around the brake fluid reservoir
cap before removing the cap.
The brake fluid level must be
between the MIN and the MAX
marks.
When topping up, ensure maximum
cleanliness as contamination of the
brake fluid can lead to brake system
malfunctions. Have the cause of the
loss of brake fluid remedied by a
workshop.
Only use brake fluid approved for
the vehicle, Brake and clutch fluid
0 Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants on page 11-7.
Caution (Continued)
Contamination of the brake fluid
system can affect system
performance, leading to costly
repairs.
which may result in decreased
brake system performance, which
is a safety concern. Always use
high quality brake fluid approved
for your vehicle model. We
recommend GM genuine brake
fluid.
An overflow of brake fluid on the
engine may cause the fluid
to burn.
{ Caution
Do not overfill the reservoir.
An engine fire can cause
personal injuries and damage
your vehicle and other property.
{ Caution
Using low quality brake fluid may
cause corrosion to internal
components of the brake system,
(Continued)
Do not dispose of used brake
fluid with your household waste.
Use your local, authorised waste
management facility.
Used brake fluid and their
containers are hazardous. They
can damage your health and the
environment.
Brake fluid is harsh and can
irritate skin and eyes.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (17,1)
Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
Do not allow the brake fluid to
contact your skin or eyes. If it
does, immediately wash the
affected area thoroughly with
soap and water or hand cleaner.
Battery
The vehicle contains a lead-acid
battery. The vehicle battery is
maintenance-free provided that the
driving profile allows sufficient
charging of the battery. Short
distance driving and frequent engine
starts can discharge the battery.
Avoid the use of unnecessary
electrical consumers.
Batteries do not belong in
household waste. They must be
disposed of at an appropriate
recycling collection point.
Laying up the vehicle for more than
4 weeks can lead to battery
discharge. Disconnect the clamp
from the negative terminal of the
vehicle battery.
Ensure the ignition is switched off
before connecting or disconnecting
the vehicle battery.
{ Warning
Keep glowing materials away
from the battery to avoid
explosion. Battery explosion can
result in damage to the vehicle
and serious injury or death.
Avoid contact with eyes, skin,
fabrics and painted surfaces. The
fluid contains sulphuric acid which
can cause injuries and damage in
the event of direct contact. In
(Continued)
10-17
Warning (Continued)
case of skin contact, clean the
area with water and seek medical
help immediately.
Keep out of reach of children.
Do not tilt an open battery.
Vehicle battery discharge protection
Battery Power Protection on
page 6-5.
0
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-18
Vehicle Care
Meaning of symbols:
.
No sparks, naked flames or
smoking.
.
Always shield eyes. Explosive
gases can cause blindness or
injury.
.
Keep the battery out of reach of
children.
.
The battery contains sulphuric
acid which could cause
blindness or serious burn
injuries.
.
.
Black plate (18,1)
See the Owner's Manual for
further information.
Explosive gas may be present in
the vicinity of the battery.
Wiper Blade Replacement
clean both the windscreen and the
blades with a good cleaner or mild
detergent. Rinse them thoroughly
with water.
Repeat the process, if necessary.
There is no way to remove traces of
silicone from glass. Therefore, never
apply polish with silicone to your
vehicle's windscreen or you will get
streaks which will impair the driver's
vision.
Lift wiper arm. Press release lever
and detach wiper blade.
Properly functioning windscreen
wipers are essential for clear vision
and safe driving. Regularly check
the condition of the wiper blades.
Replace hard, brittle or cracked
blades or those that smear dirt on
the windscreen.
Foreign material on the windscreen
or wiper blades can reduce the
effectiveness of the wipers. If the
blades are not wiping properly,
Do not use solvents, petrol,
kerosene, or paint thinner to clean
wipers. These are harsh and can
damage the blades and painted
surfaces.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (19,1)
Vehicle Care
Bulb Replacement
Headlamps
Switch off the ignition and switch off
the relevant switch or close the
doors.
Dipped beam and main beam
10-19
1. Detach plug connector
from bulb.
Only hold a new bulb at the base!
Do not touch the bulb glass with
bare hands.
Use only the same bulb type for
replacement.
Replace headlamp bulbs from within
the engine compartment.
3. Press spring clip, disengage it.
Note: After driving in heavy rain or
after washing, some exterior light
lenses could appear frosty.
This condition is caused by the
temperature difference between the
inside and outside of the light. This
is similar to the condensation on
your windows inside your vehicle
during rain and doesn't indicate a
problem with your vehicle.
If the water leaks into the light bulb
circuitry, have the vehicle checked
by your authorised workshop.
2. Remove protective cover.
4. Remove bulb from reflector
housing.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-20
Black plate (20,1)
Vehicle Care
5. When fitting a new bulb, engage
the lugs in the recesses on the
reflector.
6. Engage the spring clip.
7. Place headlight protective cover
in position and close.
8. Plug connector onto bulb.
Headlight aiming
The dipped beam headlight aiming
can be adjusted with the screw
located above the headlight.
2. Remove protective cover.
4. Remove bulb from socket.
5. Insert new bulb.
{ Caution
6. Insert holder in reflector.
If the headlights need to be
re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle is taken to your
authorised workshop for service,
because it is related with safety.
7. Place headlight protective cover
in position and close.
8. Plug connector onto bulb.
Fog lights
Have bulbs replaced by a workshop.
Parking lights
Fog light aiming
1. Detach plug connector
from bulb.
3. Remove side light bulb holder
from reflector.
The fog light aiming can be adjusted
with the screw located above the
fog light.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (21,1)
Vehicle Care
10-21
Taillights
{ Caution
If the fog lights need to be
re-aimed, it is recommended that
the vehicle is taken to your
authorised workshop for service,
because it is related with safety.
Front indicator lights
2. Push bulb into socket slightly,
rotate anti-clockwise, remove
and renew bulb.
3. Insert bulb holder in reflector,
rotate clockwise to engage.
1. Rotate bulb holder
anti-clockwise and disengage.
1. Unscrew both screws.
2. Remove tail light assembly. Take
care that the cable duct remains
in position.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-22
Black plate (22,1)
Vehicle Care
5. Remove bulb holder. Push bulb
into socket slightly, rotate
anticlockwise, remove and
renew bulb.
6. Insert bulb holder into the tail
light assembly and screw into
place. Connect wiring plug.
Install tail light assembly in body
and tighten screws. Close
covers and engage.
3. Tail light/brake light (1)
4. Rotate bulb holder anticlockwise.
7. Switch on ignition, operate and
check all lights.
Indicator light (2)
Side Indicator Lamps
Reverse light (passenger's side)
/ Rear fog light (Driver's side) (3)
1. Push light towards the back of
the vehicle and remove.
2. Rotate bulb holder anticlockwise.
3. Pull bulb out of the bulb holder
and renew.
4. Reinstall in reverse order.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (23,1)
Vehicle Care
10-23
Centre High-Mounted
Brake lamp (CHMBL)
5. Install a new bulb.
6. Reinstall the lamp housing.
3. Remove bulb from holder and
renew bulb.
4. Insert bulb holder in bulb
housing and rotate clockwise.
Have bulbs replaced by a workshop.
Number Plate Lamp
5. Insert bulb housing and secure
using a screwdriver.
Interior Lamps
Courtesy lights
1. To remove it, prise the opposite
side of the light switch using a
flat-blade screwdriver. (Be
careful not to make scratches.)
2. Remove the bulb.
3. Replace the bulb.
1. Open the tailgate.
2. Remove the two screws and the
lamp housing. Disconnect the
wiring harness connector before
removing the lamp housing.
3. Remove the two screws and the
reflector assembly.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out of the bulb holder.
4. Reinstall the light assembly.
1. Unscrew both screws.
2. Remove bulb housing
downward, taking care not to
pull on the cable.
Rotate bulb holder anticlockwise
to disengage.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-24
Black plate (24,1)
Vehicle Care
Load compartment light
Electrical System
Fuses
Data on the replacement fuse must
match the data on the
defective fuse.
In a box above the positive terminal
of the battery are some main fuses.
If necessary have them changed by
a workshop.
2. Remove bulb.
1. Prise the lamp out with a
screwdriver.
3. Insert new bulb.
4. Install lamp.
Before replacing a fuse, turn off the
respective switch and the ignition.
A blown fuse can be recognised by
its melted wire. Do not replace the
fuse until the cause of the fault has
been remedied.
Some functions are protected by
several fuses.
Fuses may also be inserted without
existence of a function.
Fuse extractor
A fuse extractor may be located in
the fuse box in the engine
compartment.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (25,1)
Vehicle Care
Place the fuse extractor on the
various types of fuse from the top or
side and withdraw fuse.
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
The fuse box is in the engine
compartment.
Disengage the cover, lift it upwards
and remove.
Note: Not all fuse box descriptions
in this manual may apply to your
vehicle.
When inspecting the fuse box, refer
to the fuse box label.
10-25
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-26
Vehicle Care
Black plate (26,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (27,1)
Vehicle Care
10-27
Circuit
No.
Circuit
No.
Circuit
1
Fuel pump
19
Headlight dipped beam LH
36
Front window relay
2
Parking light relay
20
Headlight dipped beam RH
37
Engine control module
3
Fan low speed relay
21
Spare fuse
38
-
4
Fan high speed
22
Spare fuse
39
Spare fuse
5
Air conditioning
23
Ignition 2 / starter
6
Fan high speed relay
24
Ignition 1 / accessory
7
Air conditioning relay
25
Hazard lights
8
ABS 2
26
Horn
27
Headlight dipped beam
relay
28
Horn relay
29
Engine main relay
30
Ignition
31
EMS 1
32
EMS 2
33
Instrument panel battery
34
-
35
Front window
No.
9
Parking light LH
10
Parking light RH
11
Front fog light
12
Fan low speed
13
ABS 1
14
Front fog light relay
15
Fuel pump relay
16
Spare fuse
17
Headlight main beam relay
18
Headlight main beam
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block
Type 1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-28
Type 2
Black plate (28,1)
Vehicle Care
The interior fuse box is located on
the underside of the driver's side
instrument panel.
1. Open the fuse panel door by
pulling out at the top.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (29,1)
Vehicle Care
Circuit
No.
Circuit
1
Rear wiper
16
2
Mirror/outside rear view
mirror
Transmission control
module
17
Rear power windows
3
Headlight
18
4
Electric OSRVM
Radio / remote keyless
entry / remote entry
5
Door lock
19
Engine control module
(ECM) / theft deterrent
6
Front wiper
20
Heat mat
7
-
21
Cigarette lighter
8
Reverse lights
22
Brake light
9
Indicators
23
Starter
10
Rear demister
24
11
Rear fog lights
Radio / clock / remote
keyless entry
12
Instrument cluster
25
Airbag
13
Blower motor control
module
26
Interior lights
14
Airbag
15
Theft deterrent / data link
connector
No.
2. Remove the fuse panel door
diagonally.
10-29
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-30
Black plate (30,1)
Vehicle Care
Vehicle Tools
Compact spare wheel 0 Compact
Spare Tyre on page 10-46.
Tools
Vehicles with tyre repair kit
The tools and tyre repair kit are in a
storage compartment below the
floor cover in the load compartment.
Wheels and Tyres
Tyre condition, wheel condition
Drive over edges slowly and at right
angles if possible. Driving over
sharp edges can cause tyre and
wheel damage. Do not trap tyres on
the kerb when parking.
Regularly check the wheels for
damage. Seek the assistance of a
workshop in the event of damage or
unusual wear.
Vehicles with spare wheel
The jack and the tools are in a
storage compartment in the load
compartment above the spare
wheel.
Winter Tyres
Full-size spare wheel 0 Full-Size
Spare Tyre on page 10-47.
Winter tyres improve driving safety
at temperatures below 7 °C and
should therefore be fitted on all
wheels.
Tyre Designations
E.g. 215/60 R 16 95 H
215 = Tyre width, mm
60 = Cross-section ratio (tyre height
to tyre width), %
R = Belt type: Radial
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (31,1)
Vehicle Care
RF = Type: RunFlat
10-31
The tyre pressure data refers to cold
tyres. It applies to summer and
winter tyres.
16 = Wheel diameter, inches
95 = Load index e.g. 95 is
equivalent to 690 kg
Always inflate the spare tyre to the
pressure specified for full load.
H = Speed code letter
The ECO tyre pressure serves to
achieve the smallest amount of fuel
consumption possible.
Speed code letter:
Q = up to 160 km/h (100 mph)
Incorrect tyre pressures will impair
safety, vehicle handling, comfort and
fuel economy and will increase
tyre wear.
S = up to 180 km/h (112 mph)
T = up to 190 km/h (118 mph)
H = up to 210 km/h (130 mph)
V = up to 240 km/h (150 mph)
{ Warning
W = up to 270 km/h (168 mph)
If the pressure is too low, this can
result in considerable tyre
warmup and internal damage,
leading to tread separation and
even to tyre blow-out at high
speeds.
Tyre Pressure
Check the pressure of cold tyres at
least every 14 days and before any
long journey. Do not forget the
spare wheel.
Unscrew the valve cap.
Tyre pressure 0 Tyre Pressure on
page 12-9 and on the label on the
driver's door frame.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-32
Black plate (32,1)
Vehicle Care
Tyre Pressure Monitor
System
The Tyre Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tyre pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tyres and
transmit tyre pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tyre, including the spare,
should be checked monthly when
cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended the inflation
pressure label.
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with the
low tyre pressure tell-tale 7.
The low tyre press tell-tale 7
illuminates when one or more of
your tyres are significantly
under-inflated.
When the low tyre press tell-tale
illuminates, you should stop and
check your tyres as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure.
{ Caution
Driving on a significantly
under-inflated tyre causes the tyre
to overheat and can lead to tyre
failure. Under-inflation also
reduces fuel efficiency and tyre
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Note: The TPMS is not a substitute
for proper tyre maintenance, and it
is the driver's responsibility to
maintain correct tyre pressure, even
if under-inflation has not reached
the level to trigger illumination of the
TPMS low tyre pressure tell-tale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with the TPMS
malfunction indicator 7 to indicate
when the system is not operating
properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low
tyre pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
TPMS malfunction indicator 7 will
flash for approximately one minute
and then remain continuously
illuminated. This sequence will
continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the TPMS malfunction
indicator is illuminated, the system
may not be able to detect or signal
low tyre pressure as intended.
Note: TPMS malfunctions may
occur for a variety of reasons,
including the installation of
replacement or alternate tyres or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (33,1)
Vehicle Care
Tyre Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tyre
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tyre pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tyre and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tyre
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tyres and transmit the tyre
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tyre pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tyre pressure tell-tale
located on the instrument cluster.
If the low tyre pressure tell-tale is
illuminated, stop as soon as
possible and inflate the tyres to the
recommended by the inflation
pressure label.
The low tyre pressure tell-tale
comes on at each ignition cycle until
the tyres are inflated to the correct
inflation pressure.
The low tyre pressure tell-tale may
come on in cool weather when the
vehicle is first started, and then turn
off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and must
be inflated to the proper pressure.
Note: The low tyre pressure tell-tale
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and must
be inflated to the proper pressure.
10-33
{ Caution
Tyre sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tyre
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tyre
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM-approved tyre sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
TPMS Malfunction Indicator
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
TPMS malfunction indicator flashes
for about one minute and then stays
on for the remainder of the ignition
cycle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-34
Vehicle Care
The TPMS malfunction indicator
comes on at each ignition cycle until
the problem is corrected. Some of
the conditions that can cause these
to come on are:
.
.
.
Black plate (34,1)
The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tyres. The
malfunction light should go off
after successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light should go off
when the TPMS sensors are
installed and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See your dealer for
service.
Replacement tyres or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tyres or wheels. Tyres and
wheels other than those
recommended could prevent the
TPMS from functioning properly.
.
Tyre Load Menu
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tyre condition. See your dealer
for service if the TPMS malfunction
light comes on and stay on.
To adapt tyre pressure tell-tale to
the vehicle loading conditions, press
the MENU button until you see
TPMS Setting Mode on the cluster.
Press the up or down arrow button
until the Tyre Load screen is
displayed.
Press the SET/CLR button. You can
select the following menus.
Each menu can be selected by
pressing the up or down arrow
button.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (35,1)
Vehicle Care
.
Load 1: Lo (Comfort tyre
pressure mode)
.
Load 2: Lo (Comfort tyre
pressure mode)
.
Load 3: Hi (GVW tyre
pressure mode)
Press the SET/CLR button a few
seconds to confirm.
Note: The tyre inflation pressure
label is on the driver side door
frame.
For the correct tyre pressure, refer
to the recommended pressure on
the tyre inflation pressure label
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tyre/wheel position after rotating the
tyres or replacing one or more of the
TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
matching process should also be
performed after replacing a spare
tyre with a road tyre containing the
10-35
TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
should go off at the next ignition
cycle. The sensors are matched to
the tyre/ wheel positions, using a
TPMS relearn tool, in the following
order: left front tyre, right front tyre,
left rear tyre and left rear tyre. See
your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool.
There are two minutes to match
each tyre/wheel position. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with
the engine off.
3. Use the MENU button on the
right side of instrument to select
the menu in the Driver
Information Centre(DIC)
4. Press the MENU button until you
see TPMS Setting Mode on the
cluster.
‐ TPMS Setting Mode consists
of Learn Mode and Tyre
Load Mode
5. If you are in Learn mode, press
the Set/Clear button on cluster
for more than 2 seconds
6. The cluster will display LF (Left
Front). The TPMS global tell-tale
will flash, and the chime sound
will be heard, once in every
5 seconds. Use the relearn tool
to activate the Left Front sensor.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-36
Black plate (36,1)
Vehicle Care
7. When the LF sensor learn is
completed, the cluster will
display RF (Right Front). The
TPMS global tell-tale will flash,
and the chime sound will be
heard, twice in every 5 seconds.
Use the relearn tool to activate
the Right Front sensor.
8. When the RF sensor learn is
completed, the cluster will
display RR (Right Rear). The
TPMS global tell-tale will flash,
and the chime sound will be
heard, three times in every
5 seconds. Use the relearn tool
to activate the Right Rear
sensor.
9. When the RR sensor learn is
completed, the cluster will
display LR (Left Rear). The
TPMS global tell-tale will flash,
and the chime sound will be
heard, four times in every
5 seconds. Use the relearn tool
to activate the Left Rear sensor.
10. When LR learn is completed,
the tell-tale will flash, and the
chime sound will be heard,
twice within two seconds. This
will indicate that the learn
procedure is completed.
11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF.
12. Set all four tyres to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tyre
and Loading Information label.
Use the Tyre Load Menu to
select the correct load option in
the TPMS.
{ Warning
Use of unsuitable tyres or wheels
may lead to accidents and will
invalidate the vehicle type
approval.
{ Warning
Do not use different size and type
of tyres and wheels than those
originally installed on the vehicle.
It can affect safety and
performance of the vehicle.
It could lead to handling failure or
rollover and serious injury.
When replacing tyres, be sure to
install all four tyres and wheels of
the same size, type, tread, brand
and load-carrying capacity. The
use of any other tyre size or type
may seriously affect ride,
handling, ground clearance,
stopping distance, body clearance
and speedometer reliability.
{ Warning
Use of unsuitable tyres could lead
to sudden pressure loss and
cause accidents.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (37,1)
Vehicle Care
Tread Depth
Check tread depth at regular
intervals.
Tyres should be replaced for safety
reasons at a tread depth of 2-3 mm
(4 mm for winter tyres).
For safety reasons it is
recommended that the tread depth
of the wheels on one axle should
not vary by more than 2 mm.
down as far as one of the tread
wear indicators (TWI). Their position
is indicated by markings on the
sidewall.
If there is more wear at the front
than the rear, swap round front
wheels and rear wheels. Ensure
that the direction of rotation of the
wheels is the same as before.
Tyres age, even if they are not
used. We recommend tyre
replacement every 6 years.
Tyre Rotation
Tyres should be rotated every
12,000 km (7,500 miles) to achieve
a more uniform wear of all tyres.
The first rotation is the most
important.
The legally permissible minimum
tread depth (1.6 mm) has been
reached when the tread has worn
10-37
Any time unusual wear is noticed,
rotate the tyres as soon as possible
and check the wheel alignment.
Also check for damaged tyres or
wheels.
When rotating the tyres, always use
the correct rotation pattern shown
here. Do not include the spare tyre
in the tyre rotation. Adjust the front
and rear tyres to the recommended
inflation pressure on the Tyre and
Loading Information label after the
tyres have been rotated.
Reset the Tyre Pressure Monitor
System.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-38
Black plate (38,1)
Vehicle Care
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
cause the wheel nuts to become
loose with time. The wheel could
come off and cause an accident.
When changing a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt from places where
the wheel is attached to the
vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or a paper towel can be used;
however, use a scraper or wire
brush later to remove all rust
or dirt.
Lightly coat the centre of the wheel
hub with wheel bearing grease after
a wheel change or tyre rotation to
prevent corrosion or rust build-up.
Do not get grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the wheel
nuts or bolts.
Different Size Tyres and
Wheels
If tyres of a different size than those
fitted at the factory are used, it may
be necessary to reprogram the
speedometer as well as the nominal
tyre pressure and make other
vehicle modifications.
After converting to a different tyre
size, have the label with tyre
pressures replaced.
{ Warning
Use of unsuitable tyres or wheels
may lead to accidents and will
invalidate the vehicle type
approval.
{ Warning
Do not use different size and type
of tyres and wheels than those
originally installed on the vehicle.
It can affect safety and
performance of the vehicle.
It could lead to handling failure or
rollover and serious injury. When
replacing tyres, be sure to install
all four tyres and wheels of the
same size, type, tread, brand and
load-carrying capacity. The use of
any other tyre size or type may
seriously affect ride, handling,
ground clearance, stopping
distance, body clearance and
speedometer reliability.
Wheel Covers
Wheel covers and tyres that are
factory approved for the respective
vehicle and comply with all of the
relevant wheel and tyre combination
requirements must be used.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (39,1)
Vehicle Care
If the wheel covers and tyres used
are not factory approved, the tyres
must not have a rim protection
ridge.
Wheel covers must not impair brake
cooling.
{ Warning
Use of unsuitable tyres or wheel
covers could lead to sudden
pressure loss and thereby
accidents.
Wheel Alignment and
Tyre Balance
and adjust to the way you drive and
the amount of passengers and
cargo you carry with you. GM
recommends that you drive your
new vehicle at least 800 kilometres
before evaluating your vehicle for
steering pull. Some slight pull to the
left or right, depending on the crown
of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. So, consider
requesting an alignment check only
if the vehicle is significantly pulling
to one side or the other, or if you
notice unusual tyre wear. If the
vehicle is vibrating when driving on
a smooth road, the tyres and wheels
may need to be rebalanced.
The tyres and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tyre life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tyre balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis.
See your Chevrolet authorised
repairer for proper diagnosis.
Your vehicle's suspension and
steering systems need some time to
settle from the shipping process,
If you mix tyres of different sizes,
brands, or types (radial and
bias-belted tyres), the vehicle may
Wheel Replacement
Mixing tyres could cause you to lose
control while driving.
10-39
not handle properly, and you could
have a crash. Using tyres of
different sizes, brands, or types may
also cause damage to your vehicle.
Be sure to use the correct size,
brand, and type of tyres on all
wheels.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
tyre repair kit instead of a spare
wheel 0 Tyre Repair Kit on
page 10-43.
Make the following preparations and
observe the following information:
.
Pull your vehicle over to a safe
place away from traffic.
.
Park the vehicle on a level, firm
and non-skid surface. The front
wheels must be in the
straight-ahead position.
.
Apply the parking brake and
engage first gear or
reverse gear.
.
Turn off the engine and
remove key.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-40
Vehicle Care
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Use a wedge, block of wood,
or rocks in front of and behind
the tyre that is diagonal from the
tyre you plan to change.
.
.
Black plate (40,1)
All passengers must get out of
the vehicle.
Remove the spare wheel
Compact Spare Tyre on
page 10-46.
0
.
Never change more than one
wheel at once.
.
Use the jack only to change
wheels in case of puncture, not
for seasonal winter or summer
tyre change.
.
No people or animals may be in
the vehicle when it is jacked-up.
.
Never crawl under a jacked-up
vehicle.
.
Do not start the vehicle when it
is raised on the jack.
.
Clean wheel nuts and thread
before mounting the wheel.
{ Warning
1. Disengage wheel nut caps with
a screwdriver and remove.
We designed the jack for use on
your vehicle only.
Do not use jack provided with
your vehicle on other vehicles.
Never exceed the jack's
maximum permissible load.
Use of this jack on other vehicles
may damage the other vehicles or
your jack and lead to personal
injury.
2. Fold out the wheel wrench and
install ensuring that it locates
securely and loosen each wheel
nut by half a turn.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (41,1)
Vehicle Care
3. Rotate the jack handle to raise
the lift head slightly and place
the jack vertically at the position
marked with half circle.
4. Attach jack handle to the jack
and attach wrench to the jack
handle correctly.
Then raise the jack to join the lift
head at the jacking position
firmly.
10-41
5. Rotate the wrench checking the
correct position of jack until
wheel is clear of the ground.
6. Unscrew the wheel nuts.
7. Change the wheel.
8. Screw on the wheel nuts.
9. Lower vehicle.
10. Install the wheel wrench
ensuring that it locates
securely and tighten each nut
in a crosswise sequence.
Tightening torque is 120 Nm.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-42
Black plate (42,1)
Vehicle Care
11. Align the valve hole in the
wheel cover with the tyre valve
before installing.
Install wheel nut caps.
12. Stow the replaced wheel and
the vehicle tools. To prevent
the rattling noise, turn screw
head until the top and bottom
of the jack are completely
squeezed to the toolbox after
returning the jack to its original
position. At this time, make
sure that jack has some
clearance to any vehicle tool.
Tools 0 Tools on page 10-30.
13. Check the tyre pressure of the
installed tyre and also the
wheel nut torque as soon as
possible.
Have the defective tyre renewed or
repaired.
{ Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
parts to which it is fastened, can
cause the wheel nuts to become
loose with time. The wheel could
come off and cause an accident.
When changing a wheel, remove
any rust or dirt from places where
the wheel is attached to the
vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth
or a paper towel can be used;
however, use a scraper or wire
brush later to remove all rust
or dirt.
Lightly coat the centre of the wheel
hub with wheel bearing grease
during a wheel change to prevent
corrosion or rust build-up. Do not
get grease on the flat wheel
mounting surface or on the wheel
nuts or bolts.
Tyre Chains
Tyre chains are only permitted on
the front wheels.
Always use fine mesh chains that
add no more than 10 mm to the tyre
tread and the inboard sides
(including chain lock).
{ Warning
Damage may lead to tyre
blowout.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (43,1)
Vehicle Care
Tyre Repair Kit
Minor damage to the tyre tread or
sidewall can be repaired with the
tyre repair kit.
Do not remove foreign bodies from
the tyres.
Tyre damage exceeding 4 mm or
that is at tyre's side wall near the
rim cannot be repaired with the tyre
repair kit.
The tyre repair kit is in a
compartment under the floor cover
in the load compartment.
1. Take the tyre repair kit from the
compartment.
2. Remove the compressor and the
sealant bottle.
4. The switch on the compressor
must be set to 9.
{ Warning
Do not drive faster than 80 km/h
(50 mph).
5. Screw the compressor air hose
to the connection on the sealant
bottle.
Do not use for a lengthy period.
Steering and handling may be
affected.
If you have a flat tyre:
Apply the parking brake and engage
first gear or reverse gear.
10-43
3. Remove the electrical
connection cable and air hose
from the stowage compartments
on the underside of the
compressor.
6. Connect the compressor plug to
the accessory socket. To avoid
discharging the battery, we
recommend running the engine.
7. Fit the sealant bottle into the
retainer on the compressor.
Set the compressor near the tyre
in such a way that the sealant
bottle is upright.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-44
Black plate (44,1)
Vehicle Care
13. The prescribed tyre pressure
(About 2.2 bar) should be
obtained within 10 minutes.
When the correct pressure is
obtained, switch off the
compressor.
8. Unscrew valve cap from
defective tyre.
9. Screw the filler hose to the tyre
valve.
10. Set the rocker switch on the
compressor to I. The tyre is
filled with sealant.
11. The compressor pressure
gauge briefly indicates up to 6
bar whilst the sealant bottle is
emptying (approx. 30 seconds).
Then the pressure starts
to drop.
12. All of the sealant is pumped
into the tyre. Then the tyre is
inflated.
If the prescribed tyre pressure
is not obtained within
10 minutes, remove the tyre
repair kit. Move the vehicle one
tyre rotation. Reattach the tyre
repair kit and continue the
filling procedure for 10 minutes.
If the prescribed tyre pressure
is still not obtained, the tyre is
too badly damaged. Seek the
assistance of a workshop.
Drain excess tyre pressure with
the button over the pressure
indicator.
Do not run the compressor
longer than 10 minutes.
14. Detach the tyre repair kit. Push
catch on bracket to remove
sealant bottle from bracket.
Screw tyre inflation hose to the
free connection of sealant
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (45,1)
Vehicle Care
bottle. This prevents sealant
from escaping. Stow tyre repair
kit in load compartment.
15. Remove any excess sealant
using a cloth.
16. Take the label indicating
maximum permitted speed
(approx. 80 km/h (50 mph))
from the sealant bottle and affix
in the driver's field of view.
10-45
17. Continue driving immediately
so that sealant is evenly
distributed in the tyre. After
driving approx. 10 km
((6 miles) but no more than
10 minutes), stop and check
tyre pressure. Screw
compressor air hose directly
onto tyre valve and compressor
when doing this.
If tyre pressure is more than
1.3 bar, set it to the correct
value (approx. 2.2 bar). Repeat
the procedure (no.17) until
there is no more loss of
pressure.
If the tyre pressure has fallen
below 1.3 bar, the vehicle must
not be used. Seek the
assistance of a workshop.
18. Stow away tyre repair kit in
load compartment.
Note: The driving comfort of the
repaired tyre is severely affected,
therefore have this tyre replaced.
If unusual noise is heard or the
compressor becomes hot, turn
compressor off for at least
30 minutes.
Note the expiry date of the kit. After
this date its sealing capability is no
longer guaranteed. Pay attention to
storage information on sealant
bottle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-46
Black plate (46,1)
Vehicle Care
Replace the used sealant bottle.
Dispose of the bottle as prescribed
by applicable laws.
{ Caution
The compressor and sealant can be
used from approx. -30 °C ~ 70 °C.
This spare wheel/tyre assembly is
for temporary emergency
use only.
Compact Spare Tyre
Replace with regular wheel/tyre
assembly as soon as possible.
Compact spare wheel
Do not use tyre chains.
The spare wheel can be classified
as a temporary spare wheel
depending on the size compared to
the other mounted wheels and
country regulations.
The spare wheel has a steel rim.
Use of a spare wheel that is smaller
than the other wheels or together
with winter tyres could affect
driveability. Have the defective tyre
replaced as soon as possible.
The spare wheel is located in the
load compartment beneath the floor
covering. It is secured in the recess
with a wing nut.
The spare wheel well is not
designed for all permitted tyre sizes.
If a wheel wider than the spare must
be stowed in the spare wheel well
after changing wheels, the floor
cover can be placed on the
projecting wheel.
Do not install any tyre on this
wheel which is not identical to the
original.
Do not install on other vehicles.
Place alloy wheel face upward.
Place steel wheel face downward.
Temporary spare wheel
Use of the temporary spare wheel
could affect driveability. Have the
defective tyre renewed or repaired
as soon as possible.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (47,1)
Vehicle Care
Only mount one temporary spare
wheel. Do not drive faster than
80 km/h (50 mph). Take bends
slowly. Do not use for a long period
of time.
Tyre chains
page 10-42.
The following applies to tyres fitted
opposing the rolling direction:
0 Tyre Chains on
Full-Size Spare Tyre
Full-size spare wheel
Use of a spare wheel that is same
as the other wheels or together with
winter tyres could affect driveability.
Have the defective tyre replaced as
soon as possible.
10-47
The spare wheel is located in the
load compartment beneath the floor
covering. It is secured in the recess
with a wing nut.
Directional tyres
Fit directional tyres such that they
roll in the direction of travel. The
rolling direction is indicated by a
symbol (e.g. an arrow) on the
sidewall.
.
Driveability may be affected.
Have the defective tyre renewed
or repaired as soon as possible.
.
Do not drive faster than 80 km/h
(50 mph).
.
Drive particularly carefully on
wet and snow-covered road
surfaces.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-48
Black plate (48,1)
Vehicle Care
Jump Starting
Do not start with quick charger.
sulphuric acid which can cause
injuries and damage in the event
of direct contact.
A vehicle with a discharged battery
can be started using jump leads and
the battery of another vehicle.
{ Warning
.
Be extremely careful when
starting with jump leads. Any
deviation from the following
instructions can lead to injuries or
damage caused by battery
explosion or damage to the
electrical systems of both
vehicles.
.
Never expose the battery to
naked flames or sparks.
A discharged battery can
already freeze at a temperature
of 0 °C. Defrost the frozen
battery before connecting jump
leads.
.
Wear eye protection and
protective clothing when
handling a battery.
.
Use a booster battery with the
same voltage (12 Volts). Its
capacity (Ah) must not be much
less than that of the discharged
battery.
.
Use jump leads with insulated
terminals and a cross section of
at least 16 mm².
{ Warning
Avoid contact of the battery with
eyes, skin, fabrics and painted
surfaces. The fluid contains
(Continued)
.
Do not disconnect the
discharged battery from the
vehicle.
.
Switch off all unnecessary
electrical consumers.
.
Do not lean over the battery
during jump starting.
.
Do not allow the terminals of one
lead to touch those of the
other lead.
.
The vehicles must not come into
contact with each other during
the jump starting process.
.
Apply the parking brake,
gearbox in neutral, automatic
transmission in P.
Warning (Continued)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (49,1)
Vehicle Care
Connect as far away from the
discharged battery as possible,
however at least 60 cm (2 ft).
Route the leads so that they cannot
catch on rotating parts in the engine
compartment.
10-49
Towing the Vehicle
If you need to have your vehicle
towed, please use our service
network or professional towing
company.
To start the engine:
1. Start the engine of the vehicle
providing the jump.
Lead connection order:
1. Connect the red lead to the
positive terminal of the booster
battery.
2. Connect the other end of the red
lead to the positive terminal of
the discharged battery.
3. Connect the black lead to the
negative terminal of the booster
battery.
4. Connect the other end of the
black lead to a vehicle grounding
point, such as the engine block
or an engine mounting bolt.
2. After 5 minutes, start the other
engine. Start attempts should be
made for no longer than
15 seconds at an interval of
1 minute.
3. Allow both engines to idle for
approx. 3 minutes with the leads
connected.
4. Switch on electrical consumers
(e.g. headlights, heated rear
window) of the vehicle receiving
the jump start.
5. Reverse above sequence
exactly when removing leads.
The best method is to have the
vehicle transported using a recovery
vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-50
Black plate (50,1)
Vehicle Care
Please observe the following
procedures when towing a vehicle:
.
No passenger should remain in
the vehicle being towed.
.
Release the parking brake of the
towed vehicle and place the
transmission gear in neutral.
.
Switch on the emergency
warning lights.
.
Keep the speed limits.
If it is not possible to have your
vehicle towed a recovery vehicle,
proceed as follows:
If towing by 2 wheels, lift the front
driving wheels and tow with the front
tyres locked.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (51,1)
Vehicle Care
10-51
Screw in the towing eye as far as it
will go until it stops in a horizontal
position.
Attach a tow rope — or better still a
tow rod — to the towing eye.
The towing eye must only be used
for towing and not for recovering the
vehicle.
Switch on ignition to release
steering wheel lock and to permit
operation of brake lights, horn and
windscreen wiper.
Transmission in neutral.
Disengage cap at bottom and
remove downwards.
{ Caution
The towing eye is stowed with the
vehicle tools 0 Tools on
page 10-30.
Drive slowly. Do not drive jerkily.
Excessive tractive force can
damage the vehicle.
When the engine is not running,
considerably more force is needed
to brake and steer.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-52
Black plate (52,1)
Vehicle Care
To prevent the entry of exhaust
gases from the towing vehicle,
switch on the air recirculation and
close the windows.
Vehicle with automatic transmission:
Do not tow the vehicle using tow
eye. Towing with a tow rope could
cause severe automatic transaxle
damage. When towing vehicle with
automatic transaxle, use flat bed or
wheel lift equipment.
Type 2: Insert cap at the bottom
and close cap. The best method is
to have the vehicle transported
using a recovery vehicle.
Towing Another Vehicle
Vehicle with manual gearbox: The
vehicle must be towed facing
forward, not faster than 88 km/h
(55 mph). In all other cases and
when the transmission is defective,
the front axle must be raised off the
ground.
Seek the assistance of a workshop.
After towing, unscrew the
towing eye.
Type 1: Insert cap on left side and
close cap.
If your vehicle has a cover on the
rear bumper in front of the rear
towing eye, remove two clips from
the cover. Disengage cover by
pulling backward.
The rear towing eye is located
under the rear bumper.
The towing eye must only be used
for towing and not for recovering a
vehicle.
After towing, reinstall the cover
firmly.
{ Caution
Drive slowly. Do not drive jerkily.
Excessive tractive force can
damage the vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (53,1)
Vehicle Care
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
The locks are lubricated at the
factory using a high quality lock
cylinder grease. Use de-icing agent
only when absolutely necessary, as
this has a degreasing effect and
impairs lock function. After using
de-icing agent, have the locks
re-greased by a workshop.
Washing
The paintwork of your vehicle is
exposed to environmental
influences. Wash and wax your
vehicle regularly. When using
automatic vehicle washes, select a
programme that includes waxing.
Bird droppings, dead insects, resin,
pollen and the like should be
cleaned off immediately, as they
contain aggressive constituents
which can cause paint damage.
If using a vehicle wash, comply with
the vehicle wash manufacturer's
instructions. The windscreen wipers
and rear window wiper must be
switched off. Lock the vehicle so
that the fuel filler flap cannot be
opened. Remove antenna and
external accessories such as roof
racks etc.
If you wash your vehicle by hand,
make sure that the insides of the
wheel housings are also thoroughly
rinsed out.
Clean edges and folds on opened
doors and the bonnet as well as the
areas they cover.
Have the door hinges of all doors
greased by a workshop.
Do not clean the engine
compartment with a steam-jet or
high-pressure jet cleaner.
Thoroughly rinse and leather-off the
vehicle. Rinse leather frequently.
Use separate leathers for painted
10-53
and glass surfaces: remnants of
wax on the windows will impair
vision.
Do not use hard objects to remove
spots of tar. Use tar removal spray
on painted surfaces.
Decal applied vehicle
Please do not wash the car for
72 hours from delivery to ensure
adequate adhesion of decal.
When cleaning with high pressure
water or a steam wand car wash,
please make sure to keep a
distance of at least 20 cm (8 inches)
and not to focus on one point for
more than 1 second. Otherwise, the
decal could be damaged.
Exterior lights
Headlight and other light covers are
made of plastic. Do not use any
abrasive or caustic agents, do not
use an ice scraper, and do not clean
them when dry.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-54
Black plate (54,1)
Vehicle Care
When removing insect debris,
grease dirt or tar from the lights or
lenses, only use lukewarm water, a
soft cloth and a car washing soap.
Hard cleaning with a dry cloth can
damage the light covers. Do not
clean with intensive car washing
fluid. Avoid using hazardous
cleaners. It can cause the lens to
crack by a chemical reaction.
Note: Refer to a car washing guide
and only use mild detergents to
avoid damage to the headlight lens.
Never use cleaning fluids which
contain any of the following:
.
Acetone
.
Benzene
.
Toluene
.
Xylene
.
Thinners
Polishing and waxing
Wax the vehicle regularly (at the
latest when water no longer beads).
Otherwise, the paintwork will
dry out.
Polishing is necessary only if the
paint has become dull or if solid
deposits have become attached
to it.
Paintwork polish with silicone forms
a protective film, making waxing
unnecessary.
Plastic body parts must not be
treated with wax or polishing
agents.
Windows and windscreen
wiper blades
Use a soft lint-free cloth or chamois
leather together with window
cleaner and insect remover.
When cleaning the rear window,
make sure the heating element
inside is not damaged.
For mechanical removal of ice, use
a sharp-edged ice scraper. Press
the scraper firmly against the glass
so that no dirt can get under it and
scratch the glass.
Clean smearing wiper blades with a
soft cloth and window cleaner.
Wheels and tyres
Do not use high-pressure jet
cleaners.
Clean rims with a pH-neutral wheel
cleaner.
Rims are painted and can be
treated with the same agents as
the body.
Paintwork damage
Rectify minor paintwork damage
with a touch-up pen before rust
forms. Have more extensive
damage or rust areas repaired by a
workshop.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
Black plate (55,1)
Vehicle Care
Special package and body kit
.
Be careful when towing to
prevent damage by the tow rope.
Remove cover in bumper before
towing.
Take care to clean any areas in
which mud and other debris can
collect. Loosen any sediment
packed in closed areas before
flushing with water.
Reduced ground clearance.
Drive slowly over ramps, bumps
or kerbs.
Interior Care
.
Use support when lifting the
vehicle.
.
To prevent body damage and
breakage, it is recommended to
completely lift the vehicle onto a
recovery vehicle when
transporting the vehicle.
Only clean the vehicle interior,
including the instrument panel
fascia and panelling, with a dry cloth
or interior cleaner.
.
Underbody
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal or dust control can
collect on the underbody of your
vehicle. Failure to remove these
materials can accelerate corrosion
and rust.
Periodically use plain water to flush
these materials from the underbody
of your vehicle.
Interior and upholstery
The instrument panel should only be
cleaned using a soft damp cloth.
Clean fabric upholstery with a
vacuum cleaner and brush. Remove
stains with an upholstery cleaner.
Clothing fabrics may not be
colour-fast. This could cause visible
discolourations, especially on light
coloured upholstery. Removable
stains and discolourations should be
cleaned as soon as possible.
Clean seat belts with lukewarm
water or interior cleaner.
10-55
{ Caution
Close Velcro fasteners as open
Velcro fasteners on clothing could
damage seat upholstery.
Plastic and rubber parts
Plastic and rubber parts can be
cleaned with the same cleaner as
used to clean the body. Use interior
cleaner if necessary. Do not use any
other agent. Avoid solvents and
petrol in particular. Do not use
high-pressure jet cleaners.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/8/14
10-56
Vehicle Care
2 NOTES
Black plate (56,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Service and Maintenance
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 11-2
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
General Information
Service Information
In order to ensure economical and
safe vehicle operation and to
maintain the value of your vehicle, it
is of vital importance that all
maintenance work is carried out at
the proper intervals as specified.
Confirmations
Confirmation of service is recorded
in the Service Guide.
The date and mileage is completed
with the stamp and signature of the
servicing workshop.
Make sure that the Service Guide is
completed correctly as continuous
proof of service is essential if any
warranty or goodwill claims are to
be met, and is also a benefit when
selling the vehicle.
11-1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
11-2
Black plate (2,1)
Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Schedule
Service schedules
Maintenance Interval
Every 1 year / 15,000 km (10,000 miles) (whichever occurs first)
Maintenance I: Use Maintenance I
for the first service or if Maintenance
II was performed previously.
Maintenance II: Use Maintenance II
if the previous service performed
was Maintenance I.
No
Service operation
Maintenance I
Maintenance II
1
Replace engine oil and filter. (1)
R
R
2
Inspect for any leaks or damage. (2)
I
I
3
Inspect engine air filter. (3)
I
I
4
Inspect tyres for inflation pressures and wear.
I
I
5
Inspect brake system. (4)
I
I
6
Inspect engine coolant and windscreen washer fluid levels
and add fluid as needed.
I
I
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Service and Maintenance
No
Service operation
Maintenance I
Maintenance II
7
Inspect suspension and steering components. (5)
I
I
8
Inspect wiper blades. (6)
I
I
9
Inspect drive belts.
I
I
10
Perform any required additional services - see applicable
section.
I
I
11
Check for field actions.
I
I
12
Replace brake fluid. (7)
-
R
13
Inspect engine cooling system. (8)
-
I
14
Inspect restraint system components. (9)
-
I
15
Inspect powertrain and driveline components.
-
I
16
Lubricate body components. (10)
-
I
1 : If driving under severe
conditions: short distance driving,
extensive idling or driving in dusty
condition, engine oil and the filter
may require replacement more
often.
2 : Fluid loss in any vehicle system
could indicate a problem. The
system should be inspected and
repaired and the fluid level checked.
Add fluid if needed.
11-3
3 : If driving regularly in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter more
frequently. The filter may require
replacement more often.
4 : Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake
pads for wear and discs for surface
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
11-4
Black plate (4,1)
Service and Maintenance
condition. Inspect drum brake
linings/shoes for wear or cracks.
Inspect other brake parts, including
drums, wheel cylinders, callipers,
handbrake, etc.
pressure test of the cooling system
and pressure cap and cleaning the
outside of the radiator and air
conditioning condenser is
recommended.
5 : Visually inspect front and rear
suspension and steering system for
damage, loose or missing parts or
signs of wear. Inspect power
steering components for binding,
cracks, chafing, etc.
9 : Make sure the safety belt
reminder light and safety belt
assemblies are working correctly.
Look for any other loose or
damaged safety belt system parts.
If you see anything that might keep
a safety belt system from doing its
job, have it repaired. Ensure any
torn or frayed safety belts are
replaced.
6 : Inspect wiper blades for wear,
cracking, or contamination. Clean
the windscreen and wiper blades,
if contaminated. Replace wiper
blades that are worn or damaged.
7 : If driving under severe
conditions: driving in hilly or
mountainous terrain, or towing a
trailer frequently, brake fluid may
require replacement more often.
8 : Visually inspect hoses and have
them replaced if they are cracked,
swollen, or deteriorated. Inspect all
pipes, fittings, and clamps; replace
with genuine parts if needed. To
help ensure correct operation, a
10 : Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
door hinges and latches, bonnet
hinges and latches, and boot lid
hinges and latches. More frequent
lubrication may be required when
exposed to a corrosive environment.
Applying silicone grease on
weatherstrips with a clean cloth will
make them last longer, seal better,
and not stick or squeak.
I: Inspect these items and their
related parts. If necessary, correct,
clean, replenish, adjust or replace.
R: Replace or change.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Service and Maintenance
Service operation
Interval
Replace pollen filter. (3)
Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) / 1 year
Replace air filter.
Every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) / 4 year
Replace spark plugs.
Every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) / 2 year
Replace ignition cable (for vehicles without
Electronic Stability Control).
Every 45,000 km (30,000 miles) / 3 year
Replace engine coolant.
Every 240,000 km (160,000 miles) / 5 year
Replace manual gearbox oil.
Every 150,000 km (100,000 miles) / 10 years
Replace automatic transmission oil.
Inspect oil every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) /
1 year. Replace every 75,000 km (50,000 miles)
for severe conditions.
Replace auxiliary belt.
(11)
Replace timing chain.
Every 240,000 km (160,000 miles) / 10 years
Inspect valve clearance, adjust if required.
Every 150,000 km (100,000 miles) / 10 years
Inspect clutch & brake pedal free play
Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) / 1 year
3 : If driving regularly in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter more
frequently. The filter may require
replacement more often.
11 : If the belt has been replaced, it
must be inspected and tension must
be adjusted within 6 months /
5,000 km (3,000 miles).
11-5
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
11-6
Black plate (6,1)
Service and Maintenance
General maintenance items
Item
All
Service operation
If driving under severe conditions: short distance driving, extensive idling or driving in
dusty condition, engine oil and the filter may require replacement more often.
Automatic transmission Change automatic transmission fluid and filter if the vehicle is mainly driven under one or
more of these conditions:
In heavy city traffic where the outside temperature regularly reaches 32 °C or higher.
In hilly or mountainous terrain.
When doing frequent trailer towing.
Uses such as found in taxi, police, or delivery service.
Belts
Visually inspect belt for fraying, excessive cracks, or obvious damage. Replace belt if
necessary.
Tyre condition &
inflation pressure
Tyre condition should be inspected before driving and tyre pressure should be checked
each time you fill your fuel tank or at least once a month using a tyre pressure gauge.
Wheel alignment
If necessary, rotate and balance wheels.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Service and Maintenance
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Extreme operating conditions
Extreme operating conditions are
given when at least one of the
following occurs frequently:
.
Repeated short-distance driving
less than 10 km (5 miles).
.
Extensive idling and/or
slow-speed driving in
stop-and-go traffic.
.
Driving on dusty roads.
.
Driving on hilly or mountainous
terrain.
.
Towing a trailer.
.
Driving in heavy city traffic
where the outside temperatures
regularly reach 32 °C or higher.
.
Driving as a taxi, police or
delivery vehicle.
.
Frequent driving when outside
temperature remains below
freezing.
Police vehicles, taxis and driving
school vehicles are also classified
as operating under extreme
conditions.
Under extreme operating conditions,
it may be necessary to have certain
scheduled service work done more
frequently than the scheduled
intervals.
Seek technical advice on the
servicing requirements dependent
on the specific operating conditions.
11-7
Recommended
Fluids, Lubricants,
and Parts
Recommended Fluids
and Lubricants
Recommended fluids and
lubricants
Only use products that have been
tested and approved. Damage
resulting from the use of
non-approved materials will not be
covered by the warranty.
{ Warning
Operating materials are
hazardous and could be
poisonous. Handle with care. Pay
attention to information given on
the containers.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
11-8
Black plate (8,1)
Service and Maintenance
Engine oil
Selecting the right engine oil
Use only engine oil that is approved
to the dexos™ specification or an
equivalent engine oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade.
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
If you are unsure whether your oil is
approved to the dexos™
specification, ask your service
provider.
Use of substitute engine oils if
dexos is unavailable: In the event
that dexos approved engine oil is
not available at an oil change or for
maintaining proper oil level, you
may use substitute engine oil of the
qualities mentioned below. Use of
oils that do not meet the dexos
specification, however, may result in
reduced performance and engine
damage under certain
circumstances.
Engine oil is identified by its quality
and its viscosity. Quality is more
important than viscosity when
selecting which engine oil to use.
Engine oil quality
.
dexos1, dexos2
.
API SM, ACEA-A3/B3: Optional
for Gen1 engine (not used for
Gen2 engine)
Specification
Use and ask for licensed engine oils
with the dexos™ approved
certification mark. Engine oils
meeting the requirements for the
vehicle should have the dexos™
approved certification mark. This
certification mark indicates that the
oil has been approved to the
dexos™ specification.
Your vehicle's engine was filled at
the factory with dexos™ approved
engine oil.
Use only engine oil that is approved
to the dexos™ specification or an
equivalent engine oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade. Use of
oils that do not meet the dexos
specification, however, may result in
reduced performance and engine
damage under certain
circumstances.
If you are unsure whether your oil is
approved to the dexos™
specification, ask your service
provider.
If you don't know vehicle engine
type, ask your authorised repairer.
Engine oil viscosity
The SAE viscosity grade gives
information of the thickness of
the oil.
Multigrade oil is indicated by two
figures:
The first figure, followed by a W,
indicates low temperature viscosity
and the second figure the high
temperature viscosity.
The SAE viscosity rating defines the
ability of an oil to flow. When cold,
oil is more viscous than when hot.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
Service and Maintenance
Engine oil viscosity grade for 1.0D,
1.2D Gen1
SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity
grade for your vehicle. Do not use
other viscosity grade oils such as
SAE 20W-50.Cold temperature
operation for 1.0D, 1.2D Gen1
grade will provide easier cold
starting for the engine at extremely
low temperatures.
When selecting an oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade be sure
to always select an oil that meets
the dexos™ specification.
.
Down to -25 °C and below:
0W-30, 0W-40
.
Down to -25°C and below:
0W-20, 0W-30.
.
Down to -25 °C: 5W-30, 5W-40
.
Down to -25°C: 5W-20, 5W-30.
.
Down to -20 °C: 10W-30,
10W-40
Engine oil additives/engine oil
flushes
Engine oil viscosity grade for
1.2D Gen2
SAE 5W-20 is the best viscosity
grade for your vehicle. Do not use
other viscosity grade oils such as
SAE 10W-30, 10W-40 or 20W-50.
Cold temperature operation for
1.2D Gen2
If operating your vehicle in an area
of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below -25°C, a
viscosity grade SAE 0W-xx should
be used. An oil of this viscosity
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils with the dexos
specification and displaying the
dexos certification mark are all that
is needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
11-9
Topping up engine oil
Engine oils of different
manufacturers and brands can be
mixed as long as they comply with
the required engine oil (specification
and viscosity).
If engine oil of the required quality is
not available, a maximum of 1 Litre
of API SM/SN, ACEA A3/B4, ACEA
A3/B3 or ACEA C3 quality may be
used (only once between each oil
change).
The viscosity should be of the
correct rating.
Use of engine oil with only ACEA
A1/B1 or only ACEA A5/B5 quality
is prohibited, as it can cause long
term engine damage under certain
operating conditions.
Coolant and antifreeze
Use only organic acid type-long life
coolant (LLC) antifreeze.
In countries with moderate climate
the coolant provides freeze
protection down to approx. -35 °C.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
11-10
Service and Maintenance
In countries with cold climate the
coolant provides freeze protection
down to approx. -50 °C. This
concentration should be maintained
all year round.
Maintain a sufficient concentration
of anti-freeze.
Coolant additives intended to give
additional corrosion protection or
seal against minor leaks can cause
function problems. Liability for
consequences resulting from the
use of coolant additives will be
rejected.
Brake fluid
Only use our authorised brake fluid
for this vehicle (DOT 4).
Over time, brake fluid absorbs
moisture which will reduce braking
effectiveness. The brake fluid
should therefore be replaced at the
specified interval.
Brake fluid should be stored in a
sealed container to avoid water
absorption.
Ensure brake fluid does not become
contaminated.
{ Caution
Using low quality brake fluid may
cause corrosion to internal
components of the brake system,
which may result in decreased
brake system performance, which
is a safety concern. Always use
high quality brake fluid approved
for your vehicle model. We
recommend GM genuine brake
fluid.
Power steering fluid
Only use Dexron VI fluid.
Manual gearbox fluid
Only use XGP SAE75W85W fluid.
Automatic transmission fluid
Only use ESSO JWS3317 fluid.
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Technical Data
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Identification Plate
Type 1
Vehicle Data
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . .
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-3
12-4
12-6
12-7
12-8
12-9
The label is attached near the
driver's door latch.
The vehicle identification number is
located under the rear seat cushion.
12-1
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
12-2
Technical Data
Type 2
The label is attached near the front
passenger's door latch.
Black plate (2,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Engine Data
Sales designation
1.0 Petrol
1.2 Petrol
Engine
1.0D
1.2D
Engine identifier code
LMT
LMU
4
4
995
1,206
Engine power [kW]
at rpm
50
6,400
60
6,400
Torque [Nm]
at rpm
93
4,800
111
4,800
Fuel type
Petrol
Petrol
95
Over 95
95
Over 95
Number of cylinders
Piston displacement [cm³]
Octane rating RON
recommended
possible
12-3
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
12-4
Black plate (4,1)
Technical Data
Russia & Uzbekistan
Sales designation
Engine
Engine identifier code
Number of cylinders
1.0 Petrol
1.2 Petrol
1.0D
1.2D
B10D1
B12D2
4
4
995
1,249
Engine power [kW]
at rpm
50
6,400
62
6,200
Torque [Nm]
at rpm
89
4,800
112
4,600
Fuel type
Petrol
Petrol
91
Over 91
91
Over 91
1.0D
1.2D
96
102
Piston displacement [cm³]
Octane rating RON
recommended
possible
Performance
Engine
Top speed (1) [mph]
Manual gearbox
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
Technical Data
Engine
1.0D
1.2D
(1) The maximum speed indicated is achievable at kerb weight (without driver) plus 200 kg payload. Optional
equipment could reduce the specified maximum speed of the vehicle.
Engine
1.0D
1.2D
154
164
Top speed (2) [mph]
Manual gearbox
(2) The maximum speed indicated is achievable at kerb weight (without driver) plus 200 kg payload. Optional
equipment could reduce the specified maximum speed of the vehicle.
Russia & Uzbekistan
Engine
1.0D
1.2D
-
164
148
-
Top speed (2) [mph]
Manual gearbox
Automatic transmission
(2) The maximum speed indicated is achievable at kerb weight (without driver) plus 200 kg payload. Optional
equipment could reduce the specified maximum speed of the vehicle.
12-5
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
12-6
Black plate (6,1)
Technical Data
Vehicle Weight
Minimum kerb weight, with driver (75kg)
[kg]
Engine
Manual gearbox without power steering
Manual gearbox with power steering
1.0D
932
939
1.2D
932
939
Engine
Manual gearbox
Automatic transmission
1.0D
-
995
1.2D
980
-
Russia & Uzbekistan
[kg]
Maximum kerb weight, with driver (75kg)
[kg]
Engine
Manual gearbox without power steering
Manual gearbox with power steering
1.0D
1047
1065
1.2D
1047
1065
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
Technical Data
12-7
Russia & Uzbekistan
[kg]
Engine
Manual gearbox
Automatic transmission
1.0D
-
1080
1.2D
1065
-
Engine
Manual gearbox without power steering
Manual gearbox with power steering
1.0D
1347
1367
1.2D
1347
1065
Engine
Manual gearbox
Automatic transmission
1.0D
-
1385
1.2D
1367
-
Gross vehicle weight
[kg]
Russia & Uzbekistan
[kg]
Vehicle Dimensions
Length [mm]
3640
Width without exterior mirrors [mm]
1597
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
12-8
Black plate (8,1)
Technical Data
Width with two exterior mirrors [mm]
1910
Height (without aerial) [mm] without roof rack
1522
Height (without aerial) [mm] with roof rack
1551
Length of load compartment floor [mm]
548
Load compartment width [mm]
987
Load compartment height [mm]
435
Wheelbase [mm]
2375
Turning circle diameter [m]
9.9
Capacities and Specifications
Engine oil
Engine
including Filter [l]
between MIN and MAX [l]
1.0 DOHC
1.2 DOHC
3.75
3.75
2.5/3.5
2.5/3.5
Engine oil
Petrol, nominal capacity [l]
35
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (9,1)
Technical Data
12-9
Tyre Pressure
Comfort with up to
3 people
ECO with up to 3 people
With full load
front
rear
front
rear
front
rear
[kPa/
bar] ([psi])
[kPa/
bar] ([psi])
[kPa/
bar] ([psi])
[kPa/
bar] ([psi])
[kPa/
bar] ([psi])
[kPa/
bar] ([psi])
Engine
Tyres
1.0D,
1.2D
155/80 R13,
155/70 R14,
165/65 R14
220/2.2 (32)
220/2.2 (32)
240/2.4 (35)
240/2.4 (35)
235/
2.35 (34)
235/
2.35 (34)
All
Compact
spare tyre
420/4.2 (60)
420/4.2 (60)
-
-
420/4.2 (60)
420/4.2 (60)
Tyre specifications in the owner's
manual may be changed without
notice, refer to the tyre label in your
vehicle.
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
12-10
Technical Data
2 NOTES
Black plate (10,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
Customer Information
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Declaration of Conformity . . . . 13-1
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . 13-2
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . 13-2
Customer Information
13-1
Applied technical standards:
GMN9737 = Jacking
Declaration of Conformity
Transmission system
This vehicle has systems that
transmit and/or receive radio waves
subject to Directive 1999/5/EC.
These systems are in compliance
with the essential requirements and
other relevant provisions of
Directive 1999/5/EC. Copies of the
original Declarations of Conformity
can be obtained on our website.
Jack
Translation of the original
declaration of conformity
Declaration of conformity according
to EC Directive 2006/42/EC
We declare that the product:
Product designation: Jack
Type/GM part number: 13503237
is in compliance with the provisions
of Directive 2006/42/EC.
GM 14337 = Standard Equipment
Jack Hardware Tests
GMN5127 = Vehicle Integrity
Hoisting and Service Station
Jacking
GMW15005 = Standard Equipment
Jack and Spare Tyre, Vehicle Test
ISO TS 16949 = Quality
management systems
The signatory is authorised to
compile the technical
documentation.
Rüsselsheim, 31st January 2014
signed by Hans-Peter Metzger
Engineering Group Manager
Chassis & Structure
Adam Opel AG
D-65423 Rüsselsheim
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
13-2
Black plate (2,1)
Customer Information
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
Event Data Recorders
Data storage modules in the
vehicle
A large number of electronic
components of your vehicle contain
data storage modules temporarily or
permanently storing technical data
about the condition of the vehicle,
events and errors. In general, this
technical information documents the
condition of parts, modules, systems
or the environment:
.
Operating conditions of system
components (e.g. filling levels)
.
Status messages of the vehicle
and its single components (e.g.
number of wheel revolutions /
rotational speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration)
.
Dysfunctions and defects in
important system components
.
Vehicle reactions in particular
driving situations (e.g. inflation of
an airbag, activation of the
stability regulation system)
.
Environmental conditions (e.g.
temperature)
This data is exclusively technical
and helps identify and correct errors
as well as optimise vehicle
functions.
Motion profiles indicating travelled
routes cannot be created with
these data.
If services are used (e.g. repair
works, service processes, warranty
cases, quality assurance),
employees of the service network
(manufacturer included) are able to
read out this technical information
from the event and error data
storage modules applying special
diagnostic devices. If required, you
will receive further information at
these workshops. After an error has
been corrected, the data is deleted
from the error storage module or
constantly overwritten.
When using the vehicle, situations
may occur in which these technical
data related to other information
(accident report, damages on the
vehicle, witness statements etc.)
may be associated with a specific
person - possibly, with the
assistance of an expert.
Additional functions contractually
agreed upon with the client (e.g.
vehicle location in emergency
cases) allow the transmission of
particular vehicle data from the
vehicle.
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID)
RFID technology is used in some
vehicles for functions such as tyre
pressure monitoring and ignition
system security. It is also used in
connection with conveniences such
as radio remote controls for door
locking/unlocking and starting, and
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
Customer Information
in-vehicle transmitters for garage
door openers. RFID technology in
Chevrolet vehicles does not use or
record personal information or link
with any other Chevrolet system
containing personal information.
13-3
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual (GMK-Localizing-GME-8534290) - 2015 crc - 7/2/14
13-4
Customer Information
2 NOTES
Black plate (4,1)
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (1,1)
INDEX
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Adjustable Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Adjustments
Seat, Initial Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-12
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Airbags
Curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
Light On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
On-Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
On-Off Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
Safety Belt Tensioner Light . . .5-16
Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Alarm System
Anti-theft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Anti-theft
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Ashtrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Audio Players . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
Audio System
Fixed Mast Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22
Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Automatic Transmission
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Interruption of Power
Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Auxiliary
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
i-1
B
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-18
Bluetooth
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Brake
System Warning Light . . . . . . . .5-17
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Bulb Replacement
Centre High-Mounted
Brake lamp (CHMBL) . . . . . 10-23
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Number Plate Lamps . . . . . . . 10-23
Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . 10-22
Taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
i-2
Black plate (2,1)
INDEX
C
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Fuel Consumption CO2
Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Catalytic Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Cautions, Danger, and
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Central Locking System . . . . . . . . 2-4
Centre High-Mounted
Brake lamp (CHMBL) . . . . . . . 10-23
Chains, Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . 5-17
Check
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Child Restraint Installation
Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Child Restraint Systems
Top Tether . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24
Child Restraints
Installation Locations . . . . . . . . .3-19
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-17
Cigarette Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-53
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-55
Climate Control Systems
Heating and Ventilation . . . . . . . . 8-1
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Compact Spare Tyre . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Computer, Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Conformity
Declaration of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1
Control Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Coolant
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Covers
Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Curtain Airbag System . . . . . . . . . 3-15
D
Danger, Warnings, and
Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . 13-2
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Declaration of Conformity . . . . . . 13-1
Devices
Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
Dimensions
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-7
Displays
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Central Locking System . . . . . . . 2-4
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (3,1)
INDEX
E
Electrical System
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Electronic Stability Control . . . . . 9-13
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Electronic Stability Control
Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Emissions - CO2
Fuel Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
End-of-Life Vehicle
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Compartment Overview . . . . . . .10-6
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Engine (cont'd)
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Engine Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
Engines
Petrol Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 6-1
F
Fault, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . 10-12
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . 10-10
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Fog Lamp Light, Rear . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Fog Lamps
Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
i-3
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Front Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Front Seat Position Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Fuel
Consumption - CO2 Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-18
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . .5-19
Petrol Engines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
Full-Size Spare Tyre . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-25
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-27
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
i-4
Black plate (4,1)
INDEX
G
Gauges
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . .5-15
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
H
Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Headlamp Range Adjustment . . . 6-2
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Main/Dipped Beam Changer . . . 6-1
Range Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Headlights When Driving
Abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Heated
Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Heating and Ventilation
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12, 5-3
I
Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Indicators
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
Information
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Information on Loading the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Instrument Panel
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Interior Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Interruption of Power Supply . . . . 9-8
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii, 7-1
ISOFIX Child Restraint
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
J
Jump Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-48
K
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
L
Lamps
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . . 6-3
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Front Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5, 10-23
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . .5-17
Number Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23
Rear Fog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Side Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (5,1)
INDEX
Light
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Lighter, Cigarette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Lights
Airbag and Safety Belt
Tensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Brake System Warning . . . . . . .5-17
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . .5-18
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Fog Lamp, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Main-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Main/Dipped Beam Changer . . . 6-1
Overdrive Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Lights (cont'd)
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Tyre Pressure Monitoring
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
Up-Shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Lights, Hazard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Load Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
LoadCompartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Loading the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Locks
Central Locking System . . . . . . . 2-4
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . 5-19
M
Main-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Maintenance
Air Conditioning Regular
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . 11-2
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-17
Manual Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
i-5
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13
Mileometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Mirrors
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Monitor System, Tyre
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
N
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
New Vehicle Run-In . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2
O
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
Operation, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Other Service Items
Air Conditioning System . . . . . . . 8-5
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
i-6
Black plate (6,1)
INDEX
P
R
Ride Control Systems . . . . . . . . . 9-13
Electronic Stability (ESC) . . . . .9-13
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Rotation, Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Running-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . 9-2
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Personalisation
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Phone
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49
Power
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Pressure
Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-9
Radio
Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . . .13-2
Radio Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Radios
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Rear Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Rear Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 5-5
Rear Windows
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-7
Remote Control
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Repair Kit
Tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Reversing Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Child Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
Three-Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Seat Belts
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Position, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Selector Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . .10-3
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Service and Maintenance
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Service Information . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
Overdrive Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Overview, Infotainment
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Privacy
Radio Frequency
Identification (RFID) . . . . . . . . .13-2
S
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
Black plate (7,1)
INDEX
Side Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Side Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . . . 10-22
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Spare Tyre
Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-8
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
Steering
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Storage
Load Compartment . . . . . . . 2-6, 4-4
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
Storage Areas
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Information on Loading the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17
Switches
Airbag On-Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16
System
Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
T
Taillights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-21
Technical Data
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-9
Theft-Deterrent Systems
Immobiliser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9
Thread Depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Three-Point Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Top Tether Child Restraint
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Towing
Another Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-52
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
Transmission Display . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Trip Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
i-7
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9
Tyre Pressure Monitoring
System Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Tyre Repair Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
Tyres
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-42
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-46
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-47
Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-33
Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-32
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-37
Wheel Alignment and
Tyre Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . 10-39
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Tyres and Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Chevrolet Spark Owner Manual - 2015 - crc - 7/2/14
i-8
Black plate (8,1)
INDEX
U
W
Up-Shift Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iii
Cautions and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Hazard Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15
Weights
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-6
Wheel Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Wheels
Alignment and Tyre
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-38
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-39
Wheels and Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Windows
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14
Windscreen
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Winter Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-18
Wipers
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
V
Vehicle
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Personalisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-49
Towing Another Vehicle . . . . . 10-52
Vehicle Care
Tyre Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
Vehicle Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-7
Vehicle Identification
Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
Vehicle Recovery
End-of-Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
Vehicle Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Vehicle Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-6
Ventilation
Adjustable Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Fixed Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17